Some accessibility modules need to be able to catch the output on the
console before the VT interpretation, and possibly swallow it.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch extends the sm501 mfd with 8250 uart support. We're currently
doing this in the board specific r2d-1 code already, but it would be nice to
do move things into the mfd since it's more chip specific than board specific.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Turn CONFIG_DMI into a selectable option if EMBEDDED is defined, in
order to be able to remove the DMI table scanning code if it's not
needed, and then reduce the kernel code size.
With CONFIG_DMI (i.e before) :
text data bss dec hex filename
1076076 128656 98304 1303036 13e1fc vmlinux
Without CONFIG_DMI (i.e after) :
text data bss dec hex filename
1068092 126308 98304 1292704 13b9a0 vmlinux
Result:
text data bss dec hex filename
-7984 -2348 0 -10332 -285c vmlinux
The new option appears in "Processor type and features", only when
CONFIG_EMBEDDED is defined.
This patch is part of the Linux Tiny project, and is based on previous work
done by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "H. Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Remove more TRUE/FALSE defines and uses
Remove == TRUE tests
Convert BOOLEAN to bool
Convert int to bool where appropriate
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Paul Fulghum <paulkf@microgate.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Removes some externs from C files, noticed from the sparse warnings:
fs/ncpfs/dir.c:90:26: warning: symbol 'ncp_root_dentry_operations' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/ncpfs/symlink.c:107:5: warning: symbol 'ncp_symlink' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/ncpfs/symlink.c:101:39: warning: symbol 'ncp_symlink_aops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Vandrovec <VANDROVE@vc.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
add constfy to pgd_offset() for avoid following warnings.
CC mm/pagewalk.o
mm/pagewalk.c: In function 'walk_page_range':
mm/pagewalk.c:111: warning: passing argument 1 of 'pgd_offset' discards qualifiers from p\
ointer target type
Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: "Vegard Nossum" <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix things like this:
security/selinux/netnode.c: In function 'sel_netnode_find':
security/selinux/netnode.c:126: warning: 'idx' may be used uninitialized in this function
security/selinux/netnode.c: In function 'sel_netnode_sid':
security/selinux/netnode.c:225: warning: 'ret' may be used uninitialized in this function
security/selinux/netnode.c:168: warning: 'idx' may be used uninitialized in this function
due to code correctly not expecting BUG() to return.
For some reason this reduces the object code size for that particular file.
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Filesystem capability support makes it possible to do away with (set)uid-0
based privilege and use capabilities instead. That is, with filesystem
support for capabilities but without this present patch, it is (conceptually)
possible to manage a system with capabilities alone and never need to obtain
privilege via (set)uid-0.
Of course, conceptually isn't quite the same as currently possible since few
user applications, certainly not enough to run a viable system, are currently
prepared to leverage capabilities to exercise privilege. Further, many
applications exist that may never get upgraded in this way, and the kernel
will continue to want to support their setuid-0 base privilege needs.
Where pure-capability applications evolve and replace setuid-0 binaries, it is
desirable that there be a mechanisms by which they can contain their
privilege. In addition to leveraging the per-process bounding and inheritable
sets, this should include suppressing the privilege of the uid-0 superuser
from the process' tree of children.
The feature added by this patch can be leveraged to suppress the privilege
associated with (set)uid-0. This suppression requires CAP_SETPCAP to
initiate, and only immediately affects the 'current' process (it is inherited
through fork()/exec()). This reimplementation differs significantly from the
historical support for securebits which was system-wide, unwieldy and which
has ultimately withered to a dead relic in the source of the modern kernel.
With this patch applied a process, that is capable(CAP_SETPCAP), can now drop
all legacy privilege (through uid=0) for itself and all subsequently
fork()'d/exec()'d children with:
prctl(PR_SET_SECUREBITS, 0x2f);
This patch represents a no-op unless CONFIG_SECURITY_FILE_CAPABILITIES is
enabled at configure time.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix uninitialised var warning]
[serue@us.ibm.com: capabilities: use cap_task_prctl when !CONFIG_SECURITY]
Signed-off-by: Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This hack, "base = MAX_NR_ZONES", at __GFP_THISNODE was used for old
zonliests.
Now, new zonelist[] have a list for __GFP_THISNODE and this hack is incorrect.
Should be removed.
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
alloc_bootmem_section() can allocate specified section's area. This is used
for usemap to keep same section with pgdat by later patch.
Signed-off-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch set is to free pages which is allocated by bootmem for
memory-hotremove. Some structures of memory management are allocated by
bootmem. ex) memmap, etc.
To remove memory physically, some of them must be freed according to
circumstance. This patch set makes basis to free those pages, and free
memmaps.
Basic my idea is using remain members of struct page to remember information
of users of bootmem (section number or node id). When the section is
removing, kernel can confirm it. By this information, some issues can be
solved.
1) When the memmap of removing section is allocated on other
section by bootmem, it should/can be free.
2) When the memmap of removing section is allocated on the
same section, it shouldn't be freed. Because the section has to be
logical memory offlined already and all pages must be isolated against
page allocater. If it is freed, page allocator may use it which will
be removed physically soon.
3) When removing section has other section's memmap,
kernel will be able to show easily which section should be removed
before it for user. (Not implemented yet)
4) When the above case 2), the page isolation will be able to check and skip
memmap's page when logical memory offline (offline_pages()).
Current page isolation code fails in this case because this page is
just reserved page and it can't distinguish this pages can be
removed or not. But, it will be able to do by this patch.
(Not implemented yet.)
5) The node information like pgdat has similar issues. But, this
will be able to be solved too by this.
(Not implemented yet, but, remembering node id in the pages.)
Fortunately, current bootmem allocator just keeps PageReserved flags,
and doesn't use any other members of page struct. The users of
bootmem doesn't use them too.
This patch:
This is to register information which is node or section's id. Kernel can
distinguish which node/section uses the pages allcated by bootmem. This is
basis for hot-remove sections or nodes.
Signed-off-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Huge ptes have a special type on s390 and cannot be handled with the standard
pte functions in certain cases, e.g. because of a different location of the
invalid bit. This patch adds some new architecture- specific functions to
hugetlb common code, as a prerequisite for the s390 large page support.
This won't affect other architectures in functionality, but I need to add some
new dummy inline functions to the headers.
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A cow break on a hugetlbfs page with page_count > 1 will set a new pte with
set_huge_pte_at(), w/o any tlb flush operation. The old pte will remain in
the tlb and subsequent write access to the page will result in a page fault
loop, for as long as it may take until the tlb is flushed from somewhere else.
This patch introduces an architecture-specific huge_ptep_clear_flush()
function, which is called before the the set_huge_pte_at() in hugetlb_cow().
ATTENTION: This is just a nop on all architectures for now, the s390
implementation will come with our large page patch later. Other architectures
should define their own huge_ptep_clear_flush() if needed.
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch moves all architecture functions for hugetlb to architecture header
files (include/asm-foo/hugetlb.h) and converts all macros to inline functions.
It also removes (!) ARCH_HAS_HUGEPAGE_ONLY_RANGE,
ARCH_HAS_HUGETLB_FREE_PGD_RANGE, ARCH_HAS_PREPARE_HUGEPAGE_RANGE,
ARCH_HAS_SETCLEAR_HUGE_PTE and ARCH_HAS_HUGETLB_PREFAULT_HOOK.
Getting rid of the ARCH_HAS_xxx #ifdef and macro fugliness should increase
readability and maintainability, at the price of some code duplication. An
asm-generic common part would have reduced the loc, but we would end up with
new ARCH_HAS_xxx defines eventually.
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch replaces the mempolicy mode, mode_flags, and nodemask in the
shmem_sb_info struct with a struct mempolicy pointer, initialized to NULL.
This removes dependency on the details of mempolicy from shmem.c and hugetlbfs
inode.c and simplifies the interfaces.
mpol_parse_str() in mempolicy.c is changed to return, via a pointer to a
pointer arg, a struct mempolicy pointer on success. For MPOL_DEFAULT, the
returned pointer is NULL. Further, mpol_parse_str() now takes a 'no_context'
argument that causes the input nodemask to be stored in the w.user_nodemask of
the created mempolicy for use when the mempolicy is installed in a tmpfs inode
shared policy tree. At that time, any cpuset contextualization is applied to
the original input nodemask. This preserves the previous behavior where the
input nodemask was stored in the superblock. We can think of the returned
mempolicy as "context free".
Because mpol_parse_str() is now calling mpol_new(), we can remove from
mpol_to_str() the semantic checks that mpol_new() already performs.
Add 'no_context' parameter to mpol_to_str() to specify that it should format
the nodemask in w.user_nodemask for 'bind' and 'interleave' policies.
Change mpol_shared_policy_init() to take a pointer to a "context free" struct
mempolicy and to create a new, "contextualized" mempolicy using the mode,
mode_flags and user_nodemask from the input mempolicy.
Note: we know that the mempolicy passed to mpol_to_str() or
mpol_shared_policy_init() from a tmpfs superblock is "context free". This
is currently the only instance thereof. However, if we found more uses for
this concept, and introduced any ambiguity as to whether a mempolicy was
context free or not, we could add another internal mode flag to identify
context free mempolicies. Then, we could remove the 'no_context' argument
from mpol_to_str().
Added shmem_get_sbmpol() to return a reference counted superblock mempolicy,
if one exists, to pass to mpol_shared_policy_init(). We must add the
reference under the sb stat_lock to prevent races with replacement of the mpol
by remount. This reference is removed in mpol_shared_policy_init().
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: another build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: yet another build fix]
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
mm/shmem.c currently contains functions to parse and display memory policy
strings for the tmpfs 'mpol' mount option. Move this to mm/mempolicy.c with
the rest of the mempolicy support. With subsequent patches, we'll be able to
remove knowledge of the details [mode, flags, policy, ...] completely from
shmem.c
1) replace shmem_parse_mpol() in mm/shmem.c with mpol_parse_str() in
mm/mempolicy.c. Rework to use the policy_types[] array [used by
mpol_to_str()] to look up mode by name.
2) use mpol_to_str() to format policy for shmem_show_mpol(). mpol_to_str()
expects a pointer to a struct mempolicy, so temporarily construct one.
This will be replaced with a reference to a struct mempolicy in the tmpfs
superblock in a subsequent patch.
NOTE 1: I changed mpol_to_str() to use a colon ':' rather than an equal
sign '=' as the nodemask delimiter to match mpol_parse_str() and the
tmpfs/shmem mpol mount option formatting that now uses mpol_to_str(). This
is a user visible change to numa_maps, but then the addition of the mode
flags already changed the display. It makes sense to me to have the mounts
and numa_maps display the policy in the same format. However, if anyone
objects strongly, I can pass the desired nodemask delimeter as an arg to
mpol_to_str().
Note 2: Like show_numa_map(), I don't check the return code from
mpol_to_str(). I do use a longer buffer than the one provided by
show_numa_map(), which seems to have sufficed so far.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Now that we're using "preferred local" policy for system default, we need to
make this as fast as possible. Because of the variable size of the mempolicy
structure [based on size of nodemasks], the preferred_node may be in a
different cacheline from the mode. This can result in accessing an extra
cacheline in the normal case of system default policy. Suspect this is the
cause of an observed 2-3% slowdown in page fault testing relative to kernel
without this patch series.
To alleviate this, use an internal mode flag, MPOL_F_LOCAL in the mempolicy
flags member which is guaranteed [?] to be in the same cacheline as the mode
itself.
Verified that reworked mempolicy now performs slightly better on 25-rc8-mm1
for both anon and shmem segments with system default and vma [preferred local]
policy.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
After further discussion with Christoph Lameter, it has become clear that my
earlier attempts to clean up the mempolicy reference counting were a bit of
overkill in some areas, resulting in superflous ref/unref in what are usually
fast paths. In other areas, further inspection reveals that I botched the
unref for interleave policies.
A separate patch, suitable for upstream/stable trees, fixes up the known
errors in the previous attempt to fix reference counting.
This patch reworks the memory policy referencing counting and, one hopes,
simplifies the code. Maybe I'll get it right this time.
See the update to the numa_memory_policy.txt document for a discussion of
memory policy reference counting that motivates this patch.
Summary:
Lookup of mempolicy, based on (vma, address) need only add a reference for
shared policy, and we need only unref the policy when finished for shared
policies. So, this patch backs out all of the unneeded extra reference
counting added by my previous attempt. It then unrefs only shared policies
when we're finished with them, using the mpol_cond_put() [conditional put]
helper function introduced by this patch.
Note that shmem_swapin() calls read_swap_cache_async() with a dummy vma
containing just the policy. read_swap_cache_async() can call alloc_page_vma()
multiple times, so we can't let alloc_page_vma() unref the shared policy in
this case. To avoid this, we make a copy of any non-null shared policy and
remove the MPOL_F_SHARED flag from the copy. This copy occurs before reading
a page [or multiple pages] from swap, so the overhead should not be an issue
here.
I introduced a new static inline function "mpol_cond_copy()" to copy the
shared policy to an on-stack policy and remove the flags that would require a
conditional free. The current implementation of mpol_cond_copy() assumes that
the struct mempolicy contains no pointers to dynamically allocated structures
that must be duplicated or reference counted during copy.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Document mempolicy return value reference semantics assumed by the rest of the
mempolicy code for the set_ and get_policy vm_ops in <linux/mm.h>--where the
prototypes are defined--to inform any future mempolicy vm_op writers what the
rest of the subsystem expects of them.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
As part of yet another rework of mempolicy reference counting, we want to be
able to identify shared policies efficiently, because they have an extra ref
taken on lookup that needs to be removed when we're finished using the policy.
Note: the extra ref is required because the policies are
shared between tasks/processes and can be changed/freed
by one task while another task is using them--e.g., for
page allocation.
Building on David Rientjes mempolicy "mode flags" enhancement, this patch
indicates a "shared" policy by setting a new MPOL_F_SHARED flag in the flags
member of the struct mempolicy added by David. MPOL_F_SHARED, and any future
"internal mode flags" are reserved from bit zero up, as they will never be
passed in the upper bits of the mode argument of a mempolicy API.
I set the MPOL_F_SHARED flag when the policy is installed in the shared policy
rb-tree. Don't need/want to clear the flag when removing from the tree as the
mempolicy is freed [unref'd] internally to the sp_delete() function. However,
a task could hold another reference on this mempolicy from a prior lookup. We
need the MPOL_F_SHARED flag to stay put so that any tasks holding a ref will
unref, eventually freeing, the mempolicy.
A later patch in this series will introduce a function to conditionally unref
[mpol_free] a policy. The MPOL_F_SHARED flag is one reason [currently the
only reason] to unref/free a policy via the conditional free.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The terms 'policy' and 'mode' are both used in various places to describe the
semantics of the value stored in the 'policy' member of struct mempolicy.
Furthermore, the term 'policy' is used to refer to that member, to the entire
struct mempolicy and to the more abstract concept of the tuple consisting of a
"mode" and an optional node or set of nodes. Recently, we have added "mode
flags" that are passed in the upper bits of the 'mode' [or sometimes,
'policy'] member of the numa APIs.
I'd like to resolve this confusion, which perhaps only exists in my mind, by
renaming the 'policy' member to 'mode' throughout, and fixing up the
Documentation. Man pages will be updated separately.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch renames mpol_copy() to mpol_dup() because, well, that's what it
does. Like, e.g., strdup() for strings, mpol_dup() takes a pointer to an
existing mempolicy, allocates a new one and copies the contents.
In a later patch, I want to use the name mpol_copy() to copy the contents from
one mempolicy to another like, e.g., strcpy() does for strings.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This is a change that was requested some time ago by Mel Gorman. Makes sense
to me, so here it is.
Note: I retain the name "mpol_free_shared_policy()" because it actually does
free the shared_policy, which is NOT a reference counted object. However, ...
The mempolicy object[s] referenced by the shared_policy are reference counted,
so mpol_put() is used to release the reference held by the shared_policy. The
mempolicy might not be freed at this time, because some task attached to the
shared object associated with the shared policy may be in the process of
allocating a page based on the mempolicy. In that case, the task performing
the allocation will hold a reference on the mempolicy, obtained via
mpol_shared_policy_lookup(). The mempolicy will be freed when all tasks
holding such a reference have called mpol_put() for the mempolicy.
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Allocating huge pages directly from the buddy allocator is not guaranteed to
succeed. Success depends on several factors (such as the amount of physical
memory available and the level of fragmentation). With the addition of
dynamic hugetlb pool resizing, allocations can occur much more frequently.
For these reasons it is desirable to keep track of huge page allocation
successes and failures.
Add two new vmstat entries to track huge page allocations that succeed and
fail. The presence of the two entries is contingent upon CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE
being enabled.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: reduced ifdeffery]
Signed-off-by: Adam Litke <agl@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Munson <ebmunson@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Reviewed-by: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Convert XIP to support non-struct page backed memory, using VM_MIXEDMAP for
the user mappings.
This requires the get_xip_page API to be changed to an address based one.
Improve the API layering a little bit too, while we're here.
This is required in order to support XIP filesystems on memory that isn't
backed with struct page (but memory with struct page is still supported too).
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Convert XIP to support non-struct page backed memory, using VM_MIXEDMAP for
the user mappings.
This requires the get_xip_page API to be changed to an address based one.
Improve the API layering a little bit too, while we're here.
This is required in order to support XIP filesystems on memory that isn't
backed with struct page (but memory with struct page is still supported too).
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Alter the block device ->direct_access() API to work with the new
get_xip_mem() API (that requires both kaddr and pfn are returned).
Some architectures will not do the right thing in their virt_to_page() for use
by XIP (to translate from the kernel virtual address returned by
direct_access(), to a user mappable pfn in XIP's page fault handler.
However, we can't switch it to just return the pfn and not the kaddr, because
we have no good way to get a kva from a pfn, and XIP requires the kva for its
read(2) and write(2) handlers. So we have to return both.
Signed-off-by: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
vm_insert_mixed will insert either a raw pfn or a refcounted struct page into
the page tables, depending on whether vm_normal_page() will return the page or
not. With the introduction of the new pte bit, this is now a too tricky for
drivers to be doing themselves.
filemap_xip uses this in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
s390 for one, cannot implement VM_MIXEDMAP with pfn_valid, due to their memory
model (which is more dynamic than most). Instead, they had proposed to
implement it with an additional path through vm_normal_page(), using a bit in
the pte to determine whether or not the page should be refcounted:
vm_normal_page()
{
...
if (unlikely(vma->vm_flags & (VM_PFNMAP|VM_MIXEDMAP))) {
if (vma->vm_flags & VM_MIXEDMAP) {
#ifdef s390
if (!mixedmap_refcount_pte(pte))
return NULL;
#else
if (!pfn_valid(pfn))
return NULL;
#endif
goto out;
}
...
}
This is fine, however if we are allowed to use a bit in the pte to determine
refcountedness, we can use that to _completely_ replace all the vma based
schemes. So instead of adding more cases to the already complex vma-based
scheme, we can have a clearly seperate and simple pte-based scheme (and get
slightly better code generation in the process):
vm_normal_page()
{
#ifdef s390
if (!mixedmap_refcount_pte(pte))
return NULL;
return pte_page(pte);
#else
...
#endif
}
And finally, we may rather make this concept usable by any architecture rather
than making it s390 only, so implement a new type of pte state for this.
Unfortunately the old vma based code must stay, because some architectures may
not be able to spare pte bits. This makes vm_normal_page a little bit more
ugly than we would like, but the 2 cases are clearly seperate.
So introduce a pte_special pte state, and use it in mm/memory.c. It is
currently a noop for all architectures, so this doesn't actually result in any
compiled code changes to mm/memory.o.
BTW:
I haven't put vm_normal_page() into arch code as-per an earlier suggestion.
The reason is that, regardless of where vm_normal_page is actually
implemented, the *abstraction* is still exactly the same. Also, while it
depends on whether the architecture has pte_special or not, that is the
only two possible cases, and it really isn't an arch specific function --
the role of the arch code should be to provide primitive functions and
accessors with which to build the core code; pte_special does that. We do
not want architectures to know or care about vm_normal_page itself, and
we definitely don't want them being able to invent something new there
out of sight of mm/ code. If we made vm_normal_page an arch function, then
we have to make vm_insert_mixed (next patch) an arch function too. So I
don't think moving it to arch code fundamentally improves any abstractions,
while it does practically make the code more difficult to follow, for both
mm and arch developers, and easier to misuse.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This series introduces some important infrastructure work. The overall result
is that:
1. We now support XIP backed filesystems using memory that have no
struct page allocated to them. And patches 6 and 7 actually implement
this for s390.
This is pretty important in a number of cases. As far as I understand,
in the case of virtualisation (eg. s390), each guest may mount a
readonly copy of the same filesystem (eg. the distro). Currently,
guests need to allocate struct pages for this image. So if you have
100 guests, you already need to allocate more memory for the struct
pages than the size of the image. I think. (Carsten?)
For other (eg. embedded) systems, you may have a very large non-
volatile filesystem. If you have to have struct pages for this, then
your RAM consumption will go up proportionally to fs size. Even
though it is just a small proportion, the RAM can be much more costly
eg in terms of power, so every KB less that Linux uses makes it more
attractive to a lot of these guys.
2. VM_MIXEDMAP allows us to support mappings where you actually do want
to refcount _some_ pages in the mapping, but not others, and support
COW on arbitrary (non-linear) mappings. Jared needs this for his NVRAM
filesystem in progress. Future iterations of this filesystem will
most likely want to migrate pages between pagecache and XIP backing,
which is where the requirement for mixed (some refcounted, some not)
comes from.
3. pte_special also has a peripheral usage that I need for my lockless
get_user_pages patch. That was shown to speed up "oltp" on db2 by
10% on a 2 socket system, which is kind of significant because they
scrounge for months to try to find 0.1% improvement on these
workloads. I'm hoping we might finally be faster than AIX on
pSeries with this :). My reference to lockless get_user_pages is not
meant to justify this patchset (which doesn't include lockless gup),
but just to show that pte_special is not some s390 specific thing that
should be hidden in arch code or xip code: I definitely want to use it
on at least x86 and powerpc as well.
This patch:
Introduce a new type of mapping, VM_MIXEDMAP. This is unlike VM_PFNMAP in
that it can support COW mappings of arbitrary ranges including ranges without
struct page *and* ranges with a struct page that we actually want to refcount
(PFNMAP can only support COW in those cases where the un-COW-ed translations
are mapped linearly in the virtual address, and can only support non
refcounted ranges).
VM_MIXEDMAP achieves this by refcounting all pfn_valid pages, and not
refcounting !pfn_valid pages (which is not an option for VM_PFNMAP, because it
needs to avoid refcounting pfn_valid pages eg. for /dev/mem mappings).
Signed-off-by: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Having separate page flags for the head and the tail of a compound page allows
the compiler to use bitops instead of operations on a word to check for a tail
page. That is f.e. important for virt_to_head_page() which is used in
various critical code paths (kfree for example):
Code for PageTail(page)
Before:
mov (%rdi),%rdx page->flags
mov %rdx,%rax 3 bytes
and $0x12000,%eax 5 bytes
cmp $0x12000,%rax 6 bytes
je 897 <kfree+0xa7>
After:
mov (%rdi),%rax
test $0x40,%ah (3 bytes)
jne 887 <kfree+0x97>
So we go from 14 bytes to 3 bytes and from 3 instructions to one. From the
use of 2 registers we go to none.
We can only use page flags for this if we have page flags available. This
patch introduces CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED that is set if pageflags are not
scarce due to SPARSEMEM using page flags for its sectionid on 32 bit NUMA
platforms.
Additional page flag definitions can be added to the CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED
section in page-flags.h if the functionality depends on PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED or
if more page flag overlapping tricks are used for the !PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED
fallback (the upcoming virtual compound patch may hook in here and Rik's/Lee's
additional page flags to solve the reclaim issues could also be added there
[hint... hint... where are these patchsets?]).
Avoiding the overlaying of Pg_reclaim also clears the way for possible use of
compound pages for the pagecache or on the LRU.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It was used to compensate because MAX_NR_ZONES was not available to the
#ifdefs. Export MAX_NR_ZONES via the new mechanism and get rid of
__ZONE_COUNT.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Turns out that there are a number of times that a flag is simply always
returning 0. Define a macro for that.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Remove the special setup for PG_uncached and simply make it part of the enum.
The page flag will only be allocated when the kernel build includes the
uncached allocator.
Acked-by: Dean Nelson <dcn@sgi.com>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Remove aliases of PG_xxx. We can easily drop those now and alias by
specifying the PG_xxx flag in the macro that generates the functions.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Replace explicit definitions of page flags through the use of macros.
Significantly reduces the size of the definitions and removes a lot of
opportunity for errors. Additonal page flags can typically be generated with
a single line.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce a set of macros that generate functions to handle page flags.
A page flag function group typically starts with either
SETPAGEFLAG(<part of function name>,<part of PG_ flagname>)
to create a set of page flag operations that are atomic. Or
__SETPAGEFLAG(<part of function name>,<part of PG_ flagname)
to create a set of page flag operations that are not atomic.
Then additional operations can be added using the following macros
TESTSCFLAG Create additional atomic test-and-set and
test-and-clear functions
TESTSETFLAG Create additional test and set function
TESTCLEARFLAG Create additional test and clear function
SETPAGEFLAG Create additional atomic set function
CLEARPAGEFLAG Create additional atomic clear function
__TESTPAGEFLAG Create additional non atomic set function
__SETPAGEFLAG Create additional non atomic clear function
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
NR_PAGEFLAGS specifies the number of page flags we are using. From that we
can calculate the number of bits leftover that can be used for zone, node (and
maybe the sections id). There is no need anymore for FLAGS_RESERVED if we use
NR_PAGEFLAGS.
Use the new methods to make NR_PAGEFLAGS available via the preprocessor.
NR_PAGEFLAGS is used to calculate field boundaries in the page flags fields.
These field widths have to be available to the preprocessor.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Use an enum to ease the maintenance of page flags. This is going to change
the numbering from 0 to 18.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This fixes the superh build when the pageflags patches are applied.
But it shouldn't unless it's a gcc bug.
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A set of patches that attempts to improve page flag handling. First of all a
method is introduced to generate the page flag functions using macros. Then
the number of page flags used by sparsemem is reduced. All page flag
operations will no longer be macros. All flags will use inline function.
Then we add a way to export enum constants to the preprocessor which allows us
to get rid of __ZONE_COUNT and use the NR_PAGEFLAGS for the dynamic
calculation of actually available page flags for fields.
This patch:
Sparsemem vmemmap does not need any section bits. This patch has the effect
of reducing the number of bits used in page->flags by at least 6.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Implement a new proc file that allows the display of the currently allocated
vmalloc memory.
It allows to see the users of vmalloc. That is important if vmalloc space is
scarce (i386 for example).
And it's going to be important for the compound page fallback to vmalloc.
Many of the current users can be switched to use compound pages with fallback.
This means that the number of users of vmalloc is reduced and page tables no
longer necessary to access the memory. /proc/vmallocinfo allows to review how
that reduction occurs.
If memory becomes fragmented and larger order allocations are no longer
possible then /proc/vmallocinfo allows to see which compound page allocations
fell back to virtual compound pages. That is important for new users of
virtual compound pages. Such as order 1 stack allocation etc that may
fallback to virtual compound pages in the future.
/proc/vmallocinfo permissions are made readable-only-by-root to avoid possible
information leakage.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: CONFIG_MMU=n build fix]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix this (sparc64)
mm/sparse-vmemmap.c: In function `vmemmap_verify':
mm/sparse-vmemmap.c:64: warning: unused variable `pfn'
by switching to a C function which touches its arg.
(reason 3,555 why macros are bad)
Also, the `nid' arg was misnamed.
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Acked-by: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Clean up messy conditional calling of test_clear_page_writeback() from both
rotate_reclaimable_page() and end_page_writeback().
The only user of rotate_reclaimable_page() is end_page_writeback() so this is
OK.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Save some bytes in mm_struct by filling holes
Putting int values together for better packing on 64bit shrinks sizeof(struct
mm_struct) from 776 bytes to 764 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Removes forward definition of vm_area_struct in linux/mempolicy.h. We already
get it from the linux/slab.h -> linux/gfp.h include.
Removes the unused mpol_set_vma_default() macro from linux/mempolicy.h.
Removes the extern definition of default_policy since it is only referenced,
as it should be, in mm/mempolicy.c.
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Adds another optional mode flag, MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES, that specifies
nodemasks passed via set_mempolicy() or mbind() should be considered relative
to the current task's mems_allowed.
When the mempolicy is created, the passed nodemask is folded and mapped onto
the current task's mems_allowed. For example, consider a task using
set_mempolicy() to pass MPOL_INTERLEAVE | MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES with a
nodemask of 1-3. If current's mems_allowed is 4-7, the effected nodemask is
5-7 (the second, third, and fourth node of mems_allowed).
If the same task is attached to a cpuset, the mempolicy nodemask is rebound
each time the mems are changed. Some possible rebinds and results are:
mems result
1-3 1-3
1-7 2-4
1,5-6 1,5-6
1,5-7 5-7
Likewise, the zonelist built for MPOL_BIND acts on the set of zones assigned
to the resultant nodemask from the relative remap.
In the MPOL_PREFERRED case, the preferred node is remapped from the currently
effected nodemask to the relative nodemask.
This mempolicy mode flag was conceived of by Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>.
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The following adds two more bitmap operators, bitmap_onto() and bitmap_fold(),
with the usual cpumask and nodemask wrappers.
The bitmap_onto() operator computes one bitmap relative to another. If the
n-th bit in the origin mask is set, then the m-th bit of the destination mask
will be set, where m is the position of the n-th set bit in the relative mask.
The bitmap_fold() operator folds a bitmap into a second that has bit m set iff
the input bitmap has some bit n set, where m == n mod sz, for the specified sz
value.
There are two substantive changes between this patch and its
predecessor bitmap_relative:
1) Renamed bitmap_relative() to be bitmap_onto().
2) Added bitmap_fold().
The essential motivation for bitmap_onto() is to provide a mechanism for
converting a cpuset-relative CPU or Node mask to an absolute mask. Cpuset
relative masks are written as if the current task were in a cpuset whose CPUs
or Nodes were just the consecutive ones numbered 0..N-1, for some N. The
bitmap_onto() operator is provided in anticipation of adding support for the
first such cpuset relative mask, by the mbind() and set_mempolicy() system
calls, using a planned flag of MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES. These bitmap operators
(and their nodemask wrappers, in particular) will be used in code that
converts the user specified cpuset relative memory policy to a specific system
node numbered policy, given the current mems_allowed of the tasks cpuset.
Such cpuset relative mempolicies will address two deficiencies
of the existing interface between cpusets and mempolicies:
1) A task cannot at present reliably establish a cpuset
relative mempolicy because there is an essential race
condition, in that the tasks cpuset may be changed in
between the time the task can query its cpuset placement,
and the time the task can issue the applicable mbind or
set_memplicy system call.
2) A task cannot at present establish what cpuset relative
mempolicy it would like to have, if it is in a smaller
cpuset than it might have mempolicy preferences for,
because the existing interface only allows specifying
mempolicies for nodes currently allowed by the cpuset.
Cpuset relative mempolicies are useful for tasks that don't distinguish
particularly between one CPU or Node and another, but only between how many of
each are allowed, and the proper placement of threads and memory pages on the
various CPUs and Nodes available.
The motivation for the added bitmap_fold() can be seen in the following
example.
Let's say an application has specified some mempolicies that presume 16 memory
nodes, including say a mempolicy that specified MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES (cpuset
relative) nodes 12-15. Then lets say that application is crammed into a
cpuset that only has 8 memory nodes, 0-7. If one just uses bitmap_onto(),
this mempolicy, mapped to that cpuset, would ignore the requested relative
nodes above 7, leaving it empty of nodes. That's not good; better to fold the
higher nodes down, so that some nodes are included in the resulting mapped
mempolicy. In this case, the mempolicy nodes 12-15 are taken modulo 8 (the
weight of the mems_allowed of the confining cpuset), resulting in a mempolicy
specifying nodes 4-7.
Signed-off-by: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: <ray-lk@madrabbit.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add an optional mempolicy mode flag, MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES, that suppresses the
node remap when the policy is rebound.
Adds another member to struct mempolicy, nodemask_t user_nodemask, as part of
a union with cpuset_mems_allowed:
struct mempolicy {
...
union {
nodemask_t cpuset_mems_allowed;
nodemask_t user_nodemask;
} w;
}
that stores the the nodemask that the user passed when he or she created the
mempolicy via set_mempolicy() or mbind(). When using MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES,
which is passed with any mempolicy mode, the user's passed nodemask
intersected with the VMA or task's allowed nodes is always used when
determining the preferred node, setting the MPOL_BIND zonelist, or creating
the interleave nodemask. This happens whenever the policy is rebound,
including when a task's cpuset assignment changes or the cpuset's mems are
changed.
This creates an interesting side-effect in that it allows the mempolicy
"intent" to lie dormant and uneffected until it has access to the node(s) that
it desires. For example, if you currently ask for an interleaved policy over
a set of nodes that you do not have access to, the mempolicy is not created
and the task continues to use the previous policy. With this change, however,
it is possible to create the same mempolicy; it is only effected when access
to nodes in the nodemask is acquired.
It is also possible to mount tmpfs with the static nodemask behavior when
specifying a node or nodemask. To do this, simply add "=static" immediately
following the mempolicy mode at mount time:
mount -o remount mpol=interleave=static:1-3
Also removes mpol_check_policy() and folds its logic into mpol_new() since it
is now obsoleted. The unused vma_mpol_equal() is also removed.
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
With the evolution of mempolicies, it is necessary to support mempolicy mode
flags that specify how the policy shall behave in certain circumstances. The
most immediate need for mode flag support is to suppress remapping the
nodemask of a policy at the time of rebind.
Both the mempolicy mode and flags are passed by the user in the 'int policy'
formal of either the set_mempolicy() or mbind() syscall. A new constant,
MPOL_MODE_FLAGS, represents the union of legal optional flags that may be
passed as part of this int. Mempolicies that include illegal flags as part of
their policy are rejected as invalid.
An additional member to struct mempolicy is added to support the mode flags:
struct mempolicy {
...
unsigned short policy;
unsigned short flags;
}
The splitting of the 'int' actual passed by the user is done in
sys_set_mempolicy() and sys_mbind() for their respective syscalls. This is
done by intersecting the actual with MPOL_MODE_FLAGS, rejecting the syscall of
there are additional flags, and storing it in the new 'flags' member of struct
mempolicy. The intersection of the actual with ~MPOL_MODE_FLAGS is stored in
the 'policy' member of the struct and all current users of pol->policy remain
unchanged.
The union of the policy mode and optional mode flags is passed back to the
user in get_mempolicy().
This combination of mode and flags within the same actual does not break
userspace code that relies on get_mempolicy(&policy, ...) and either
switch (policy) {
case MPOL_BIND:
...
case MPOL_INTERLEAVE:
...
};
statements or
if (policy == MPOL_INTERLEAVE) {
...
}
statements. Such applications would need to use optional mode flags when
calling set_mempolicy() or mbind() for these previously implemented statements
to stop working. If an application does start using optional mode flags, it
will need to mask the optional flags off the policy in switch and conditional
statements that only test mode.
An additional member is also added to struct shmem_sb_info to store the
optional mode flags.
[hugh@veritas.com: shmem mpol: fix build warning]
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The mempolicy mode constants, MPOL_DEFAULT, MPOL_PREFERRED, MPOL_BIND, and
MPOL_INTERLEAVE, are better declared as part of an enum since they are
sequentially numbered and cannot be combined.
The policy member of struct mempolicy is also converted from type short to
type unsigned short. A negative policy does not have any legitimate meaning,
so it is possible to change its type in preparation for adding optional mode
flags later.
The equivalent member of struct shmem_sb_info is also changed from int to
unsigned short.
For compatibility, the policy formal to get_mempolicy() remains as a pointer
to an int:
int get_mempolicy(int *policy, unsigned long *nmask,
unsigned long maxnode, unsigned long addr,
unsigned long flags);
although the only possible values is the range of type unsigned short.
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Not all architectures define cache_line_size() so as suggested by Andrew move
the private implementations in mm/slab.c and mm/slob.c to <linux/cache.h>.
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The MPOL_BIND policy creates a zonelist that is used for allocations
controlled by that mempolicy. As the per-node zonelist is already being
filtered based on a zone id, this patch adds a version of __alloc_pages() that
takes a nodemask for further filtering. This eliminates the need for
MPOL_BIND to create a custom zonelist.
A positive benefit of this is that allocations using MPOL_BIND now use the
local node's distance-ordered zonelist instead of a custom node-id-ordered
zonelist. I.e., pages will be allocated from the closest allowed node with
available memory.
[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: Mempolicy: update stale documentation and comments]
[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: Mempolicy: make dequeue_huge_page_vma() obey MPOL_BIND nodemask]
[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: Mempolicy: make dequeue_huge_page_vma() obey MPOL_BIND nodemask rework]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Filtering zonelists requires very frequent use of zone_idx(). This is costly
as it involves a lookup of another structure and a substraction operation. As
the zone_idx is often required, it should be quickly accessible. The node idx
could also be stored here if it was found that accessing zone->node is
significant which may be the case on workloads where nodemasks are heavily
used.
This patch introduces a struct zoneref to store a zone pointer and a zone
index. The zonelist then consists of an array of these struct zonerefs which
are looked up as necessary. Helpers are given for accessing the zone index as
well as the node index.
[kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: Suggested struct zoneref instead of embedding information in pointers]
[hugh@veritas.com: mm-have-zonelist: fix memcg ooms]
[hugh@veritas.com: just return do_try_to_free_pages]
[hugh@veritas.com: do_try_to_free_pages gfp_mask redundant]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently a node has two sets of zonelists, one for each zone type in the
system and a second set for GFP_THISNODE allocations. Based on the zones
allowed by a gfp mask, one of these zonelists is selected. All of these
zonelists consume memory and occupy cache lines.
This patch replaces the multiple zonelists per-node with two zonelists. The
first contains all populated zones in the system, ordered by distance, for
fallback allocations when the target/preferred node has no free pages. The
second contains all populated zones in the node suitable for GFP_THISNODE
allocations.
An iterator macro is introduced called for_each_zone_zonelist() that interates
through each zone allowed by the GFP flags in the selected zonelist.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
On NUMA, zone_statistics() is used to record events like numa hit, miss and
foreign. It assumes that the first zone in a zonelist is the preferred zone.
When multiple zonelists are replaced by one that is filtered, this is no
longer the case.
This patch records what the preferred zone is rather than assuming the first
zone in the zonelist is it. This simplifies the reading of later patches in
this set.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce a node_zonelist() helper function. It is used to lookup the
appropriate zonelist given a node and a GFP mask. The patch on its own is a
cleanup but it helps clarify parts of the two-zonelist-per-node patchset. If
necessary, it can be merged with the next patch in this set without problems.
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The following patches replace multiple zonelists per node with two zonelists
that are filtered based on the GFP flags. The patches as a set fix a bug with
regard to the use of MPOL_BIND and ZONE_MOVABLE. With this patchset, the
MPOL_BIND will apply to the two highest zones when the highest zone is
ZONE_MOVABLE. This should be considered as an alternative fix for the
MPOL_BIND+ZONE_MOVABLE in 2.6.23 to the previously discussed hack that filters
only custom zonelists.
The first patch cleans up an inconsistency where direct reclaim uses
zonelist->zones where other places use zonelist.
The second patch introduces a helper function node_zonelist() for looking up
the appropriate zonelist for a GFP mask which simplifies patches later in the
set.
The third patch defines/remembers the "preferred zone" for numa statistics, as
it is no longer always the first zone in a zonelist.
The forth patch replaces multiple zonelists with two zonelists that are
filtered. The two zonelists are due to the fact that the memoryless patchset
introduces a second set of zonelists for __GFP_THISNODE.
The fifth patch introduces helper macros for retrieving the zone and node
indices of entries in a zonelist.
The final patch introduces filtering of the zonelists based on a nodemask.
Two zonelists exist per node, one for normal allocations and one for
__GFP_THISNODE.
Performance results varied depending on the machine configuration. In real
workloads the gain/loss will depend on how much the userspace portion of the
benchmark benefits from having more cache available due to reduced referencing
of zonelists.
These are the range of performance losses/gains when running against
2.6.24-rc4-mm1. The set and these machines are a mix of i386, x86_64 and
ppc64 both NUMA and non-NUMA.
loss to gain
Total CPU time on Kernbench: -0.86% to 1.13%
Elapsed time on Kernbench: -0.79% to 0.76%
page_test from aim9: -4.37% to 0.79%
brk_test from aim9: -0.71% to 4.07%
fork_test from aim9: -1.84% to 4.60%
exec_test from aim9: -0.71% to 1.08%
This patch:
The allocator deals with zonelists which indicate the order in which zones
should be targeted for an allocation. Similarly, direct reclaim of pages
iterates over an array of zones. For consistency, this patch converts direct
reclaim to use a zonelist. No functionality is changed by this patch. This
simplifies zonelist iterators in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Nothing in the tree uses nopage any more. Remove support for it in the
core mm code and documentation (and a few stray references to it in
comments).
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Migrate flags must be set on slab creation as agreed upon when the antifrag
logic was reviewed. Otherwise some slabs of a slabcache will end up in the
unmovable and others in the reclaimable section depending on which flag was
active when a new slab page was allocated.
This likely slid in somehow when antifrag was merged. Remove it.
The buffer_heads are always allocated with __GFP_RECLAIMABLE because the
SLAB_RECLAIM_ACCOUNT option is set. The set_migrateflags() never had any
effect there.
Radix tree allocations are not directly reclaimable but they are allocated
with __GFP_RECLAIMABLE set on each allocation. We now set
SLAB_RECLAIM_ACCOUNT on radix tree slab creation making sure that radix
tree slabs are consistently placed in the reclaimable section. Radix tree
slabs will also be accounted as such.
There is then no user left of set_migratepages. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Generic helper function to remove section mappings and sysfs entries for the
section of the memory we are removing. offline_pages() correctly adjusted
zone and marked the pages reserved.
TODO: Yasunori Goto is working on patches to free up allocations from bootmem.
Signed-off-by: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Argument is S_IF... | <index>, where index is normally 0 or 1.
Triggers if chosen element of ctx->names[] is present and the
mode of object in question matches the upper bits of argument.
I.e. for things like "is the argument of that chmod a directory",
etc.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Remove the code that automatically disables TTY input auditing in processes
that open TTYs when they have no other TTY open; this heuristic was
intended to automatically handle daemons, but it has false positives (e.g.
with sshd) that make it impossible to control TTY input auditing from a PAM
module. With this patch, TTY input auditing is controlled from user-space
only.
On the other hand, not even for daemons does it make sense to audit "input"
from PTY masters; this data was produced by a program writing to the PTY
slave, and does not represent data entered by the user.
Signed-off-by: Miloslav Trmac <mitr@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Key lengths were arbitrarily limited to 32 characters. If userspace is going
to start using the single kernel key field as multiple virtual key fields
(example key=key1,key2,key3,key4) we should give them enough room to work.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This patch standardized the string auditing interfaces. No userspace
changes will be visible and this is all just cleanup and consistancy
work. We have the following string audit interfaces to use:
void audit_log_n_hex(struct audit_buffer *ab, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
void audit_log_n_string(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *buf, size_t n);
void audit_log_string(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *buf);
void audit_log_n_untrustedstring(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *string, size_t n);
void audit_log_untrustedstring(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *string);
This may be the first step to possibly fixing some of the issues that
people have with the string output from the kernel audit system. But we
still don't have an agreed upon solution to that problem.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Previously I added sessionid output to all audit messages where it was
available but we still didn't know the sessionid of the sender of
netlink messages. This patch adds that information to netlink messages
so we can audit who sent netlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This patch changes include/security.h to fix whitespace and syntax issues. Things that
are fixed may include (does not not have to include)
whitespace at end of lines
spaces followed by tabs
spaces used instead of tabs
spacing around parenthesis
location of { around structs and else clauses
location of * in pointer declarations
removal of initialization of static data to keep it in the right section
useless {} in if statemetns
useless checking for NULL before kfree
fixing of the indentation depth of switch statements
no assignments in if statements
include spaces around , in function calls
and any number of other things I forgot to mention
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
If we use this from more than one place, it's better to
have helpers instead of twiddling magic constants all
over.
Add pt_regs_trap_type(), pt_regs_clear_trap_type(), and
pt_regs_is_syscall().
Use them in do_signal().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support on 64-bit kernels for seting 32-bit compatible MCAST*
socket options.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'kvm-updates-2.6.26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/avi/kvm: (147 commits)
KVM: kill file->f_count abuse in kvm
KVM: MMU: kvm_pv_mmu_op should not take mmap_sem
KVM: SVM: remove selective CR0 comment
KVM: SVM: remove now obsolete FIXME comment
KVM: SVM: disable CR8 intercept when tpr is not masking interrupts
KVM: SVM: sync V_TPR with LAPIC.TPR if CR8 write intercept is disabled
KVM: export kvm_lapic_set_tpr() to modules
KVM: SVM: sync TPR value to V_TPR field in the VMCB
KVM: ppc: PowerPC 440 KVM implementation
KVM: Add MAINTAINERS entry for PowerPC KVM
KVM: ppc: Add DCR access information to struct kvm_run
ppc: Export tlb_44x_hwater for KVM
KVM: Rename debugfs_dir to kvm_debugfs_dir
KVM: x86 emulator: fix lea to really get the effective address
KVM: x86 emulator: fix smsw and lmsw with a memory operand
KVM: x86 emulator: initialize src.val and dst.val for register operands
KVM: SVM: force a new asid when initializing the vmcb
KVM: fix kvm_vcpu_kick vs __vcpu_run race
KVM: add ioctls to save/store mpstate
KVM: Rename VCPU_MP_STATE_* to KVM_MP_STATE_*
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband:
mlx4_core: Add helper to move QP to ready-to-send
mlx4_core: Add HW queues allocation helpers
RDMA/nes: Remove volatile qualifier from struct nes_hw_cq.cq_vbase
mlx4_core: CQ resizing should pass a 0 opcode modifier to MODIFY_CQ
mlx4_core: Move kernel doorbell management into core
IB/ehca: Bump version number to 0026
IB/ehca: Make some module parameters bool, update descriptions
IB/ehca: Remove mr_largepage parameter
IB/ehca: Move high-volume debug output to higher debug levels
IB/ehca: Prevent posting of SQ WQEs if QP not in RTS
IPoIB: Handle 4K IB MTU for UD (datagram) mode
RDMA/nes: Fix adapter reset after PXE boot
RDMA/nes: Print IPv4 addresses in a readable format
RDMA/nes: Use print_mac() to format ethernet addresses for printing
If any higher order allocation fails then fall back the smallest order
necessary to contain at least one object. This enables fallback for all
allocations to order 0 pages. The fallback will waste more memory (objects
will not fit neatly) and the fallback slabs will be not as efficient as larger
slabs since they contain less objects.
Note that SLAB also depends on order 1 allocations for some slabs that waste
too much memory if forced into PAGE_SIZE'd page. SLUB now can now deal with
failing order 1 allocs which SLAB cannot do.
Add a new field min that will contain the objects for the smallest possible order
for a slab cache.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Change the statistics to consider that slabs of the same slabcache
can have different number of objects in them since they may be of
different order.
Provide a new sysfs field
total_objects
which shows the total objects that the allocated slabs of a slabcache
could hold.
Add a max field that holds the largest slab order that was ever used
for a slab cache.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Pack the order and the number of objects into a single word.
This saves some memory in the kmem_cache_structure and more importantly
allows us to fetch both values atomically.
Later the slab orders become runtime configurable and we need to fetch these
two items together in order to properly allocate a slab and initialize its
objects.
Fix the race by fetching the order and the number of objects in one word.
[penberg@cs.helsinki.fi: fix memset() page order in new_slab()]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Split the inuse field up to be able to store the number of objects in this
page in the page struct as well. Necessary if we want to have pages of
various orders for a slab. Also avoids touching struct kmem_cache cachelines in
__slab_alloc().
Update diagnostic code to check the number of objects and make sure that
the number of objects always stays within the bounds of a 16 bit unsigned
integer.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Use kvm own refcounting instead of playing with ->filp->f_count.
That will allow to get rid of a lot of crap in anon_inode_getfd() and
kill a race in kvm_dev_ioctl_create_vm() (file might have been closed
immediately by another thread, so ->filp might point to already freed
struct file when we get around to setting it).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This functionality is definitely experimental, but is capable of running
unmodified PowerPC 440 Linux kernels as guests on a PowerPC 440 host. (Only
tested with 440EP "Bamboo" guests so far, but with appropriate userspace
support other SoC/board combinations should work.)
See Documentation/powerpc/kvm_440.txt for technical details.
[stephen: build fix]
Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Device Control Registers are essentially another address space found on PowerPC
4xx processors, analogous to PIO on x86. DCRs are always 32 bits, and can be
identified by a 32-bit number. We forward most DCR accesses to userspace for
emulation (with the exception of CPR0 registers, which can be read directly
for simplicity in timebase frequency determination).
Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
PowerPC 440 KVM needs to know how many TLB entries are used for the host kernel
linear mapping (it does not modify these mappings when switching between guest
and host execution).
Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
So userspace can save/restore the mpstate during migration.
[avi: export the #define constants describing the value]
[christian: add s390 stubs]
[avi: ditto for ia64]
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
* Add struct ide_io_ports and use it instead of `unsigned long io_ports[]`
in ide_hwif_t.
* Rename io_ports[] in hw_regs_t to io_ports_array[].
* Use un-named union for 'unsigned long io_ports_array[]' and 'struct
ide_io_ports io_ports' in hw_regs_t.
* Remove IDE_*_OFFSET defines.
v2:
* scc_pata.c build fix from Stephen Rothwell.
v3:
* Fix ctl_adrr typo in Sparc-specific part of ns87415.c.
(Noticed by Andrew Morton)
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Make ide_unregister() take 'ide_hwif_t *hwif' instead of 'unsigned int
index' (hwif->index) as an argument and update all users accordingly.
While at it:
* Remove unnecessary checks for hwif != NULL from ide-pnp.c::idepnp_remove()
and delkin_cb.c::delkin_cb_remove().
* Remove needless hwif->chipset assignment from scc_pata.c::scc_remove().
v2:
* Fixup ide_unregister() documentation.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Don't set IDE_HFLAG_NO_AUTOTUNE host flag in sgiioc4 and icside
host drivers - there is no need for it as they don't implement
->set_pio_mode method.
* Remove no longer needed IDE_HFLAG_NO_AUTOTUNE host flag.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add "vlb_clock=" parameter for specifying VLB clock frequency (in MHz).
* Add "pci_clock=" parameter for specifying PCI bus clock frequency (in MHz).
While at it:
* qd65xx.c: rename {active,recovery}_cycle variables to {act,rec}_cyc.
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Remove obsoleted "hdx=noautotune" kernel parameter
(it has been obsoleted since 1 Nov 2004).
Then make ide_hwif_t.autotune a single bit flag
and remove no longer needed IDE_TUNE_* defines.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Remove obsoleted "idex=reset" kernel parameter
(it has been obsoleted since 1 Nov 2004).
Then remove corresponding code from ide_probe_port()
and no longer used ->reset field from ide_hwif_t.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Add "ignore_cable" parameter:
* "ide_core.ignore_cable=[interface_number]" boot option if IDE is built-in
(i.e. "ide_core.ignore_cable=1" to force ignoring cable for "ide1")
* "ignore_cable=[interface_number]" module parameter (for ide_core module)
if IDE is compiled as module
v2:
* Add ide_port_apply_params() helper
- use it in ide_device_add_all() and ide_scan_port().
* Make it possible to later disable ignoring cable detection by passing
"[interface_number]:0" to /sys/module/ide_core/parameters/ignore_cable
(however sysfs interface is not enabled yet since it needs some other
IDE changes to make it work reliable).
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Back around the same time we were bootstrapping the first 32-bit sparc
Linux kernel with a SunOS userland, we made the signal frame match
that of SunOS.
By the time we even started putting together a native Linux userland
for 32-bit Sparc we realized this layout wasn't sufficient for Linux's
needs.
Therefore we changed the layout, yet kept support for the old style
signal frame layout in there. The detection mechanism is that we had
sys_sigaction() start passing in a negative signal number to indicate
"new style signal frames please".
Anyways, no binaries exist in the world that use the old stuff. In
fact, I bet Jakub Jelinek and myself are the only two people who ever
had such binaries to be honest.
So let's get rid of this stuff.
I added an assertion using WARN_ON_ONCE() that makes sure 32-bit
applications are passing in that negative signal number still.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Timers that fire between guest hlt and vcpu_block's add_wait_queue() are
ignored, possibly resulting in hangs.
Also make sure that atomic_inc and waitqueue_active tests happen in the
specified order, otherwise the following race is open:
CPU0 CPU1
if (waitqueue_active(wq))
add_wait_queue()
if (!atomic_read(pit_timer->pending))
schedule()
atomic_inc(pit_timer->pending)
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This interface allows user a space application to read the trace of kvm
related events through relayfs.
Signed-off-by: Feng (Eric) Liu <eric.e.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Trace markers allow userspace to trace execution of a virtual machine
in order to monitor its performance.
Signed-off-by: Feng (Eric) Liu <eric.e.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
To properly forward a MCE occured while the guest is running to the host, we
have to intercept this exception and call the host handler by hand. This is
implemented by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch introduces a gfn_to_pfn() function and corresponding functions like
kvm_release_pfn_dirty(). Using these new functions, we can modify the x86
MMU to no longer assume that it can always get a struct page for any given gfn.
We don't want to eliminate gfn_to_page() entirely because a number of places
assume they can do gfn_to_page() and then kmap() the results. When we support
IO memory, gfn_to_page() will fail for IO pages although gfn_to_pfn() will
succeed.
This does not implement support for avoiding reference counting for reserved
RAM or for IO memory. However, it should make those things pretty straight
forward.
Since we're only introducing new common symbols, I don't think it will break
the non-x86 architectures but I haven't tested those. I've tested Intel,
AMD, NPT, and hugetlbfs with Windows and Linux guests.
[avi: fix overflow when shifting left pfns by adding casts]
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Register structures are defined per SDM.
Add three small routines for kernel:
ia64_ttag, ia64_loadrs, ia64_flushrs
Signed-off-by: Xiantao Zhang <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
There is no need to use interlocked updates when the rcp
lock is held. Therefore the simple bitops variants can be
used. This should improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
the main purpose of adding this functions is the abilaty to release the
spinlock that protect the kvm list while still be able to do operations
on a specific kvm in a safe way.
Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The kvm_host.h file for x86 declares the functions kvm_set_cr[0348]. In the
header file their second parameter is named cr0 in all cases. This patch
renames the parameters so that they match the function name.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Unify slots_lock acquision around vcpu_run(). This is simpler and less
error-prone.
Also fix some callsites that were not grabbing the lock properly.
[avi: drop slots_lock while in guest mode to avoid holding the lock
for indefinite periods]
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch implements kvm guest kernel support for paravirtualized devices
and contains two parts:
o a basic virtio stub using virtio_ring and external interrupts and hypercalls
o full hypercall implementation in kvm_para.h
Currently we dont have PCI on s390. Making virtio_pci usable for s390 seems
more complicated that providing an own stub. This virtio stub is similar to
the lguest one, the memory for the descriptors and the device detection is made
via additional mapped memory on top of the guest storage. We use an external
interrupt with extint code 0x2603 for host->guest notification.
The hypercall definition uses the diag instruction for issuing a hypercall. The
parameters are written in R2-R7, the hypercall number is written in R1. This is
similar to the system call ABI (svc) which can use R1 for the number and R2-R6
for the parameters.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch adds functionality to detect if the kernel runs under the KVM
hypervisor. A macro MACHINE_IS_KVM is exported for device drivers. This
allows drivers to skip device detection if the systems runs non-virtualized.
We also define a preferred console to avoid having the ttyS0, which is a line
mode only console.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch introduces interpretation of some diagnose instruction intercepts.
Diagnose is our classic architected way of doing a hypercall. This patch
features the following diagnose codes:
- vm storage size, that tells the guest about its memory layout
- time slice end, which is used by the guest to indicate that it waits
for a lock and thus cannot use up its time slice in a useful way
- ipl functions, which a guest can use to reset and reboot itself
In order to implement ipl functions, we also introduce an exit reason that
causes userspace to perform various resets on the virtual machine. All resets
are described in the principles of operation book, except KVM_S390_RESET_IPL
which causes a reboot of the machine.
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <martin.schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch introduces in-kernel handling of _some_ sigp interprocessor
signals (similar to ipi).
kvm_s390_handle_sigp() decodes the sigp instruction and calls individual
handlers depending on the operation requested:
- sigp sense tries to retrieve information such as existence or running state
of the remote cpu
- sigp emergency sends an external interrupt to the remove cpu
- sigp stop stops a remove cpu
- sigp stop store status stops a remote cpu, and stores its entire internal
state to the cpus lowcore
- sigp set arch sets the architecture mode of the remote cpu. setting to
ESAME (s390x 64bit) is accepted, setting to ESA/S390 (s390, 31 or 24 bit) is
denied, all others are passed to userland
- sigp set prefix sets the prefix register of a remote cpu
For implementation of this, the stop intercept indication starts to get reused
on purpose: a set of action bits defines what to do once a cpu gets stopped:
ACTION_STOP_ON_STOP really stops the cpu when a stop intercept is recognized
ACTION_STORE_ON_STOP stores the cpu status to lowcore when a stop intercept is
recognized
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch introduces in-kernel handling of some intercepts for privileged
instructions:
handle_set_prefix() sets the prefix register of the local cpu
handle_store_prefix() stores the content of the prefix register to memory
handle_store_cpu_address() stores the cpu number of the current cpu to memory
handle_skey() just decrements the instruction address and retries
handle_stsch() delivers condition code 3 "operation not supported"
handle_chsc() same here
handle_stfl() stores the facility list which contains the
capabilities of the cpu
handle_stidp() stores cpu type/model/revision and such
handle_stsi() stores information about the system topology
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch contains the s390 interrupt subsystem (similar to in kernel apic)
including timer interrupts (similar to in-kernel-pit) and enabled wait
(similar to in kernel hlt).
In order to achieve that, this patch also introduces intercept handling
for instruction intercepts, and it implements load control instructions.
This patch introduces an ioctl KVM_S390_INTERRUPT which is valid for both
the vm file descriptors and the vcpu file descriptors. In case this ioctl is
issued against a vm file descriptor, the interrupt is considered floating.
Floating interrupts may be delivered to any virtual cpu in the configuration.
The following interrupts are supported:
SIGP STOP - interprocessor signal that stops a remote cpu
SIGP SET PREFIX - interprocessor signal that sets the prefix register of a
(stopped) remote cpu
INT EMERGENCY - interprocessor interrupt, usually used to signal need_reshed
and for smp_call_function() in the guest.
PROGRAM INT - exception during program execution such as page fault, illegal
instruction and friends
RESTART - interprocessor signal that starts a stopped cpu
INT VIRTIO - floating interrupt for virtio signalisation
INT SERVICE - floating interrupt for signalisations from the system
service processor
struct kvm_s390_interrupt, which is submitted as ioctl parameter when injecting
an interrupt, also carrys parameter data for interrupts along with the interrupt
type. Interrupts on s390 usually have a state that represents the current
operation, or identifies which device has caused the interruption on s390.
kvm_s390_handle_wait() does handle waitpsw in two flavors: in case of a
disabled wait (that is, disabled for interrupts), we exit to userspace. In case
of an enabled wait we set up a timer that equals the cpu clock comparator value
and sleep on a wait queue.
[christian: change virtio interrupt to 0x2603]
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This path introduces handling of sie intercepts in three flavors: Intercepts
are either handled completely in-kernel by kvm_handle_sie_intercept(),
or passed to userspace with corresponding data in struct kvm_run in case
kvm_handle_sie_intercept() returns -ENOTSUPP.
In case of partial execution in kernel with the need of userspace support,
kvm_handle_sie_intercept() may choose to set up struct kvm_run and return
-EREMOTE.
The trivial intercept reasons are handled in this patch:
handle_noop() just does nothing for intercepts that don't require our support
at all
handle_stop() is called when a cpu enters stopped state, and it drops out to
userland after updating our vcpu state
handle_validity() faults in the cpu lowcore if needed, or passes the request
to userland
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch contains the port of Qumranet's kvm kernel module to IBM zSeries
(aka s390x, mainframe) architecture. It uses the mainframe's virtualization
instruction SIE to run virtual machines with up to 64 virtual CPUs each.
This port is only usable on 64bit host kernels, and can only run 64bit guest
kernels. However, running 31bit applications in guest userspace is possible.
The following source files are introduced by this patch
arch/s390/kvm/kvm-s390.c similar to arch/x86/kvm/x86.c, this implements all
arch callbacks for kvm. __vcpu_run calls back into
sie64a to enter the guest machine context
arch/s390/kvm/sie64a.S assembler function sie64a, which enters guest
context via SIE, and switches world before and after that
include/asm-s390/kvm_host.h contains all vital data structures needed to run
virtual machines on the mainframe
include/asm-s390/kvm.h defines kvm_regs and friends for user access to
guest register content
arch/s390/kvm/gaccess.h functions similar to uaccess to access guest memory
arch/s390/kvm/kvm-s390.h header file for kvm-s390 internals, extended by
later patches
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The address 0x11b8 is used by z/VM for pfault and diag 250 I/O to
provide a 64 bit extint parameter. virtio uses the same address, so
its time to update the lowcore structure.
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch changes the s390 memory management defintions to use the pgste field
for dirty and reference bit tracking of host and guest code. Usually on s390,
dirty and referenced are tracked in storage keys, which belong to the physical
page. This changes with virtualization: The guest and host dirty/reference bits
are defined to be the logical OR of the values for the mapping and the physical
page. This patch implements the necessary changes in pgtable.h for s390.
There is a common code change in mm/rmap.c, the call to
page_test_and_clear_young must be moved. This is a no-op for all
architecture but s390. page_referenced checks the referenced bits for
the physiscal page and for all mappings:
o The physical page is checked with page_test_and_clear_young.
o The mappings are checked with ptep_test_and_clear_young and friends.
Without pgstes (the current implementation on Linux s390) the physical page
check is implemented but the mapping callbacks are no-ops because dirty
and referenced are not tracked in the s390 page tables. The pgstes introduces
guest and host dirty and reference bits for s390 in the host mapping. These
mapping must be checked before page_test_and_clear_young resets the reference
bit.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The SIE instruction on s390 uses the 2nd half of the page table page to
virtualize the storage keys of a guest. This patch offers the s390_enable_sie
function, which reorganizes the page tables of a single-threaded process to
reserve space in the page table:
s390_enable_sie makes sure that the process is single threaded and then uses
dup_mm to create a new mm with reorganized page tables. The old mm is freed
and the process has now a page status extended field after every page table.
Code that wants to exploit pgstes should SELECT CONFIG_PGSTE.
This patch has a small common code hit, namely making dup_mm non-static.
Edit (Carsten): I've modified Martin's patch, following Jeremy Fitzhardinge's
review feedback. Now we do have the prototype for dup_mm in
include/linux/sched.h. Following Martin's suggestion, s390_enable_sie() does now
call task_lock() to prevent race against ptrace modification of mm_users.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This emulates the x86 hardware task switch mechanism in software, as it is
unsupported by either vmx or svm. It allows operating systems which use it,
like freedos, to run as kvm guests.
Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
include/linux/kvm.h defines struct kvm_dirty_log to
[...]
union {
void __user *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */
__u64 padding;
};
__user requires compiler.h to compile. Currently, this works on x86
only coincidentally due to other include files. This patch makes
kvm.h compile in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
it will allow external users to call it. It is mainly
useful for routines that will override its machine_ops
field for its own special purposes, but want to call the
normal shutdown routine after they're done
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch a llows machine_crash_shutdown to
be replaced, just like any of the other functions
in machine_ops
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Hypercall based pte updates are faster than faults, and also allow use
of the lazy MMU mode to batch operations.
Don't report the feature if two dimensional paging is enabled.
[avi:
- one mmu_op hypercall instead of one per op
- allow 64-bit gpa on hypercall
- don't pass host errors (-ENOMEM) to guest]
[akpm: warning fix on i386]
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The patch moves the PIT model from userspace to kernel, and increases
the timer accuracy greatly.
[marcelo: make last_injected_time per-guest]
Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Alex Davis <alex14641@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
In the current inject_page_fault path KVM only checks if there is another PF
pending and injects a DF then. But it has to check for a pending DF too to
detect a shutdown condition in the VCPU. If this is not detected the VCPU goes
to a PF -> DF -> PF loop when it should triple fault. This patch detects this
condition and handles it with an KVM_SHUTDOWN exit to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Create large pages mappings if the guest PTE's are marked as such and
the underlying memory is hugetlbfs backed. If the largepage contains
write-protected pages, a large pte is not used.
Gives a consistent 2% improvement for data copies on ram mounted
filesystem, without NPT/EPT.
Anthony measures a 4% improvement on 4-way kernbench, with NPT.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Mark zapped root pagetables as invalid and ignore such pages during lookup.
This is a problem with the cr3-target feature, where a zapped root table fools
the faulting code into creating a read-only mapping. The result is a lockup
if the instruction can't be emulated.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This is the host part of kvm clocksource implementation. As it does
not include clockevents, it is a fairly simple implementation. We
only have to register a per-vcpu area, and start writing to it periodically.
The area is binary compatible with xen, as we use the same shadow_info
structure.
[marcelo: fix bad_page on MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME]
[avi: save full value of the msr, even if enable bit is clear]
[avi: clear previous value of time_page]
Signed-off-by: Glauber de Oliveira Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The load_pdptrs() function is required in the SVM module for NPT support.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The generic x86 code has to know if the specific implementation uses Nested
Paging. In the generic code Nested Paging is called Two Dimensional Paging
(TDP) to avoid confusion with (future) TDP implementations of other vendors.
This patch exports the availability of TDP to the generic x86 code.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch give the SVM and VMX implementations the ability to add some bits
the guest can set in its EFER register.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This allows kvm_host.h to be #included even when struct preempt_notifier is
undefined. This is needed to build ppc asm-offsets.h.
Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
To allow TLB entries to be retained across VM entry and VM exit, the VMM
can now identify distinct address spaces through a new virtual-processor ID
(VPID) field of the VMCS.
[avi: drop vpid_sync_all()]
[avi: add "cc" to asm constraints]
Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This never was enabled, I could never get it working, and if anyone
wants to try and get it's very easy to reference this code in the
history.
It's the only thing referencing the silly ISA device layer in the
sparc64 tree. OF device layer infrastructure is what should be used
for these things.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OK, so 25-mm1 gave a lockdep error which made me look into this.
The first thing that I noticed was the horrible mess; the second thing I
saw was hacks like: 71e93d1561
The problem is that arch idle routines are somewhat inconsitent with
their IRQ state handling and instead of fixing _that_, we go paper over
the problem.
So the thing I've tried to do is set a standard for idle routines and
fix them all up to adhere to that. So the rules are:
idle routines are entered with IRQs disabled
idle routines will exit with IRQs enabled
Nearly all already did this in one form or another.
Merge the 32 and 64 bit bits so they no longer have different bugs.
As for the actual lockdep warning; __sti_mwait() did a plainly un-annotated
irq-enable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
[mingo@elte.hu: split from "x86_64: get boot_cpu_id as early for k8_scan_nodes]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
scan AMD opteron io/mmio routing to make sure every pci root bus get correct
resource range. Thus later pci scan could assign correct resource to device
with unassigned resource.
this can fix a system without _CRS for multi pci root bus.
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Currently, on an amd k8 system with multi ht chains, the numa_node of
pci devices under /sys/devices/pci0000:80/* is always 0, even if that
chain is on node 1 or 2 or 3.
Workaround: pcibus_to_node(bus) is used when we want to get the node that
pci_device is on.
In struct device, we already have numa_node member, and we could use
dev_to_node()/set_dev_node() to get and set numa_node in the device.
set_dev_node is called in pci_device_add() with pcibus_to_node(bus),
and pcibus_to_node uses bus->sysdata for nodeid.
The problem is when pci_add_device is called, bus->sysdata is not assigned
correct nodeid yet. The result is that numa_node will always be 0.
pcibios_scan_root and pci_scan_root could take sysdata. So we need to get
mp_bus_to_node mapping before these two are called, and thus
get_mp_bus_to_node could get correct node for sysdata in root bus.
In scanning of the root bus, all child busses will take parent bus sysdata.
So all pci_device->dev.numa_node will be assigned correctly and automatically.
Later we could use dev_to_node(&pci_dev->dev) to get numa_node, and we
could also could make other bus specific device get the correct numa_node
too.
This is an updated version of pci_sysdata and Jeff's pci_domain patch.
[ mingo@elte.hu: build fix ]
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
doesn't need to check if it is type1 or type2, we can use raw_pci_ops
directly.
also make pci_direct_conf1 static again.
anyway is there system with type 2 and mmconf support?
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
reuse pci_cfg_space_size but skip check pci express and pci-x CAP ID.
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This path adds validation of the MMCONFIG table against the ACPI reserved
motherboard resources. If the MMCONFIG table is found to be reserved in
ACPI, we don't bother checking the E820 table. The PCI Express firmware
spec apparently tells BIOS developers that reservation in ACPI is required
and E820 reservation is optional, so checking against ACPI first makes
sense. Many BIOSes don't reserve the MMCONFIG region in E820 even though
it is perfectly functional, the existing check needlessly disables MMCONFIG
in these cases.
In order to do this, MMCONFIG setup has been split into two phases. If PCI
configuration type 1 is not available then MMCONFIG is enabled early as
before. Otherwise, it is enabled later after the ACPI interpreter is
enabled, since we need to be able to execute control methods in order to
check the ACPI reserved resources. Presently this is just triggered off
the end of ACPI interpreter initialization.
There are a few other behavioral changes here:
- Validate all MMCONFIG configurations provided, not just the first one.
- Validate the entire required length of each configuration according to
the provided ending bus number is reserved, not just the minimum required
allocation.
- Validate that the area is reserved even if we read it from the chipset
directly and not from the MCFG table. This catches the case where the
BIOS didn't set the location properly in the chipset and has mapped it
over other things it shouldn't have.
This also cleans up the MMCONFIG initialization functions so that they
simply do nothing if MMCONFIG is not compiled in.
Based on an original patch by Rajesh Shah from Intel.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: many fixes and cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancockr@shaw.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Tested-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-bigbox-bootmem-v3:
x86_64/mm: check and print vmemmap allocation continuous
x86_64: fix setup_node_bootmem to support big mem excluding with memmap
x86_64: make reserve_bootmem_generic() use new reserve_bootmem()
mm: allow reserve_bootmem() cross nodes
mm: offset align in alloc_bootmem()
mm: fix alloc_bootmem_core to use fast searching for all nodes
mm: make mem_map allocation continuous
On big systems with lots of memory, don't print out too much during
bootup, and make it easy to find if it is continuous.
on 256G 8 sockets system will get
[ffffe20000000000-ffffe20002bfffff] PMD -> [ffff810001400000-ffff810003ffffff] on node 0
[ffffe2001c700000-ffffe2001c7fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe20002c00000-ffffe2001c7fffff] PMD -> [ffff81000c000000-ffff8100255fffff] on node 0
[ffffe20038700000-ffffe200387fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe2001c800000-ffffe200387fffff] PMD -> [ffff810820200000-ffff81083c1fffff] on node 1
[ffffe20040000000-ffffe2007fffffff] PUD ->ffff811027a00000 on node 2
[ffffe20038800000-ffffe2003fffffff] PMD -> [ffff811020200000-ffff8110279fffff] on node 2
[ffffe20054700000-ffffe200547fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe20040000000-ffffe200547fffff] PMD -> [ffff811027c00000-ffff81103c3fffff] on node 2
[ffffe20070700000-ffffe200707fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe20054800000-ffffe200707fffff] PMD -> [ffff811820200000-ffff81183c1fffff] on node 3
[ffffe20080000000-ffffe200bfffffff] PUD ->ffff81202fa00000 on node 4
[ffffe20070800000-ffffe2007fffffff] PMD -> [ffff812020200000-ffff81202f9fffff] on node 4
[ffffe2008c700000-ffffe2008c7fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe20080000000-ffffe2008c7fffff] PMD -> [ffff81202fc00000-ffff81203c3fffff] on node 4
[ffffe200a8700000-ffffe200a87fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe2008c800000-ffffe200a87fffff] PMD -> [ffff812820200000-ffff81283c1fffff] on node 5
[ffffe200c0000000-ffffe200ffffffff] PUD ->ffff813037a00000 on node 6
[ffffe200a8800000-ffffe200bfffffff] PMD -> [ffff813020200000-ffff8130379fffff] on node 6
[ffffe200c4700000-ffffe200c47fffff] potential offnode page_structs
[ffffe200c0000000-ffffe200c47fffff] PMD -> [ffff813037c00000-ffff81303c3fffff] on node 6
[ffffe200c4800000-ffffe200e07fffff] PMD -> [ffff813820200000-ffff81383c1fffff] on node 7
instead of a very long print out...
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
typical case: four sockets system, every node has 4g ram, and we are using:
memmap=10g$4g
to mask out memory on node1 and node2
when numa is enabled, early_node_mem is used to get node_data and node_bootmap.
if it can not get memory from the same node with find_e820_area(), it will
use alloc_bootmem to get buff from previous nodes.
so check it and print out some info about it.
need to move early_res_to_bootmem into every setup_node_bootmem.
and it takes range that node has. otherwise alloc_bootmem could return addr
that reserved early.
depends on "mm: make reserve_bootmem can crossed the nodes".
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-generic-bitops-v3:
x86, bitops: select the generic bitmap search functions
x86: include/asm-x86/pgalloc.h/bitops.h: checkpatch cleanups - formatting only
x86: finalize bitops unification
x86, UML: remove x86-specific implementations of find_first_bit
x86: optimize find_first_bit for small bitmaps
x86: switch 64-bit to generic find_first_bit
x86: generic versions of find_first_(zero_)bit, convert i386
bitops: use __fls for fls64 on 64-bit archs
generic: implement __fls on all 64-bit archs
generic: introduce a generic __fls implementation
x86: merge the simple bitops and move them to bitops.h
x86, generic: optimize find_next_(zero_)bit for small constant-size bitmaps
x86, uml: fix uml with generic find_next_bit for x86
x86: change x86 to use generic find_next_bit
uml: Kconfig cleanup
uml: fix build error
* Export ide_dma_exec_cmd() and __ide_dma_test_irq().
* Constify struct ide_dma_ops.
* Always set hwif->dma_ops to &sff_dma_ops in ide_setup_dma()
(it is later overriden by ide_init_port() if needed) and drop
'const struct ide_port_info *d' argument.
While at it:
* Rename __ide_dma_test_irq() to ide_dma_test_irq().
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Add struct ide_dma_ops and convert core code + drivers to use it.
While at it:
* Drop "ide_" prefix from ->ide_dma_end and ->ide_dma_test_irq methods.
* Drop "ide_" "infixes" from DMA methods.
* au1xxx-ide.c:
- use auide_dma_{test_irq,end}() directly in auide_dma_timeout()
* pdc202xx_old.c:
- drop "old_" "infixes" from DMA methods
* siimage.c:
- add siimage_dma_test_irq() helper
- print SATA warning in siimage_init_one()
* Remove no longer needed ->init_hwif implementations.
v2:
* Changes based on review from Sergei:
- s/siimage_ide_dma_test_irq/siimage_dma_test_irq/
- s/drive->hwif/hwif/ in idefloppy_pc_intr().
- fix patch description w.r.t. au1xxx-ide changes
- fix au1xxx-ide build
- fix naming for cmd64*_dma_ops
- drop "ide_" and "old_" infixes
- s/hpt3xxx_dma_ops/hpt37x_dma_ops/
- s/hpt370x_dma_ops/hpt370_dma_ops/
- use correct DMA ops for HPT302/N, HPT371/N and HPT374
- s/it821x_smart_dma_ops/it821x_pass_through_dma_ops/
v3:
* Two bugs slipped in v2 (noticed by Sergei):
- use correct DMA ops for HPT374 (for real this time)
- handle HPT370/HPT370A properly
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add IDE_HFLAG_SERIALIZE_DMA host flag to serialize ports
if DMA is available and handle it in ide_init_port().
* Convert sl82c105 host driver to use this new flag.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Make ide_hwif_setup_dma() return an error value.
* Pass 'const struct ide_port_info *d' instead of 'unsigned long dmabase'
to ->init_dma method and make it return an error value.
* Rename ide_get_or_set_dma_base() to ide_pci_dma_base(),
change ordering of its arguments and then export it.
* Export ide_pci_set_master().
* Do complete DMA setup inside ->init_dma method and update ->init_dma
users accordingly.
* Sanitize code for DMA setup in ide_init_port().
v2:
* Fix for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI=n configs
(from Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>):
Fix following compiler warning by returning EINVAL:
In file included from ANYTHING-INCLUDING-IDE.H:45:
include/linux/ide.h: In function ‘ide_hwif_setup_dma’:
include/linux/ide.h:1022: warning: no return statement in function returning non-void
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Always use "fast" MWDMA support and remove dma_{black,white}_list
(they were based on completely bogus ->ide_dma_check implementation
which didn't set neither the host controller timings nor the device
for the desired transfer mode).
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Export ide_allocate_dma_engine() and use it in trm290 host driver.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Use hwif->name instead of cds->name in ide_allocate_dma_engine().
* Use pci_name(dev) instead of cds->name in init_dma_pdc202xx().
* Remove no longer needed ->cds field from ide_hwif_t.
v2:
* scc_pata.c also needs to be updated now (noticed by Stephen Rothwell).
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Kou Ishizaki <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Cc: Akira Iguchi <akira2.iguchi@toshiba.co.jp>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Always setup hwif->extra_base in ide_iomio_dma() and remove
no longer needed ->extra field from struct ide_port_info.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Reserve PCI BARs 0-3 (0-1 for single port controllers) in
ide_pci_enable() and remove ide_hwif_request_regions() call
from ide_device_add_all() (also cleanup resource management
in scc_pata host driver).
* Fix handling of PCI BAR 4 in ide_pci_enable(), then cleanup
ide_iomio_dma() (+ init_hwif_trm290() in trm290 host driver)
and remove ide_release[_iomio]_dma().
v2:
* Fixup trm290 host driver.
v3:
* Because of scc_pata host driver changes we need to call
pci_request_selected_regions() also in setup_mmio_scc().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
All host drivers using ide_unregister()/module_exit() have been fixed
to manage resources themselves so this function can be removed now.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add 'unsigned long config' argument to ide_legacy_device_add()
for setting hwif->config_data.
* Use ide_find_port_slot() instead of ide_find_port() in
ide_legacy_device_add().
* Handle IDE_HFLAG_QD_2ND_PORT and IDE_HFLAG_SINGLE host flags in
ide_legacy_device_add().
* Convert qd65xx host driver to use ide_legacy_device_add().
v2:
* Update ali14xx, dtc2278, ht6560b and umc8672 host drivers.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Add ide_legacy_device_add() helper for use by legacy VLB host drivers
(+ convert them to use it).
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Update IDE PMAC host driver to use drive->noprobe instead of hwif->noprobe
and remove hwif->noprobe completely (it is always set to zero now).
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Move hooks for port/host specific methods from ide_hwif_t to
'struct ide_port_ops'.
* Add 'const struct ide_port_ops *port_ops' to 'struct ide_port_info'
and ide_hwif_t.
* Update host drivers and core code accordingly.
While at it:
* Rename ata66_*() cable detect functions to *_cable_detect() to match
the standard naming. (Suggested by Sergei Shtylyov)
v2:
* Fix build for bast-ide. (Noticed by Andrew Morton)
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
This patch adds a field of 64-bit physical pointer to NULL terminated
single linked list of struct setup_data to real-mode kernel
header. This is used as a more extensible boot parameters passing
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add free_early to early reservation mechanism - this way early bootup
failure paths can stop wasting memory.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
include/asm-x86/bitops_32.h and include/asm-x86/bitops_64.h are now
almost identical. The 64-bit version sets ARCH_HAS_FAST_MULTIPLIER
and has an extra inline function set_bit_string. The define currently
has no influence on the generated code, but it can be argued that
setting it on i386 is the right thing to do anyhow. The addition
of the extra inline function on i386 does not hurt either.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
x86 has been switched to the generic versions of find_first_bit
and find_first_zero_bit, but the original versions were retained.
This patch just removes the now unused x86-specific versions.
also update UML.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Avoid a call to find_first_bit if the bitmap size is know at
compile time and small enough to fit in a single long integer.
Modeled after an optimization in the original x86_64-specific
code.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Switch x86_64 to generic find_first_bit. The x86_64-specific
implementation is not removed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Generic versions of __find_first_bit and __find_first_zero_bit
are introduced as simplified versions of __find_next_bit and
__find_next_zero_bit. Their compilation and use are guarded by
a new config variable GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT.
The generic versions of find_first_bit and find_first_zero_bit
are implemented in terms of the newly introduced __find_first_bit
and __find_first_zero_bit.
This patch does not remove the i386-specific implementation,
but it does switch i386 to use the generic functions by setting
GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT=y for X86_32.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use __fls for fls64 on 64-bit archs. The implementation for
64-bit archs is moved from x86_64 to asm-generic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Implement __fls on all 64-bit archs:
alpha has an implementation of fls64.
Added __fls(x) = fls64(x) - 1.
ia64 has fls, but not __fls.
Added __fls based on code of fls.
mips and powerpc have __ilog2, which is the same as __fls.
Added __fls = __ilog2.
parisc, s390, sh and sparc64:
Include generic __fls.
x86_64 already has __fls.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add a generic __fls implementation in the same spirit as
the generic __ffs one. It finds the last (most significant)
set bit in the given long value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Some of those can be written in such a way that the same
inline assembly can be used to generate both 32 bit and
64 bit code.
For ffs and fls, x86_64 unconditionally used the cmov
instruction and i386 unconditionally used a conditional
branch over a mov instruction. In the current patch I
chose to select the version based on the availability
of the cmov instruction instead. A small detail here is
that x86_64 did not previously set CONFIG_X86_CMOV=y.
Improved comments for ffs, ffz, fls and variations.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This moves an optimization for searching constant-sized small
bitmaps form x86_64-specific to generic code.
On an i386 defconfig (the x86#testing one), the size of vmlinux hardly
changes with this applied. I have observed only four places where this
optimization avoids a call into find_next_bit:
In the functions return_unused_surplus_pages, alloc_fresh_huge_page,
and adjust_pool_surplus, this patch avoids a call for a 1-bit bitmap.
In __next_cpu a call is avoided for a 32-bit bitmap. That's it.
On x86_64, 52 locations are optimized with a minimal increase in
code size:
Current #testing defconfig:
146 x bsf, 27 x find_next_*bit
text data bss dec hex filename
5392637 846592 724424 6963653 6a41c5 vmlinux
After removing the x86_64 specific optimization for find_next_*bit:
94 x bsf, 79 x find_next_*bit
text data bss dec hex filename
5392358 846592 724424 6963374 6a40ae vmlinux
After this patch (making the optimization generic):
146 x bsf, 27 x find_next_*bit
text data bss dec hex filename
5392396 846592 724424 6963412 6a40d4 vmlinux
[ tglx@linutronix.de: build fixes ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The versions with inline assembly are in fact slower on the machines I
tested them on (in userspace) (Athlon XP 2800+, p4-like Xeon 2.8GHz, AMD
Opteron 270). The i386-version needed a fix similar to 06024f21 to avoid
crashing the benchmark.
Benchmark using: gcc -fomit-frame-pointer -Os. For each bitmap size
1...512, for each possible bitmap with one bit set, for each possible
offset: find the position of the first bit starting at offset. If you
follow ;). Times include setup of the bitmap and checking of the
results.
Athlon Xeon Opteron 32/64bit
x86-specific: 0m3.692s 0m2.820s 0m3.196s / 0m2.480s
generic: 0m2.622s 0m1.662s 0m2.100s / 0m1.572s
If the bitmap size is not a multiple of BITS_PER_LONG, and no set
(cleared) bit is found, find_next_bit (find_next_zero_bit) returns a
value outside of the range [0, size]. The generic version always returns
exactly size. The generic version also uses unsigned long everywhere,
while the x86 versions use a mishmash of int, unsigned (int), long and
unsigned long.
Using the generic version does give a slightly bigger kernel, though.
defconfig: text data bss dec hex filename
x86-specific: 4738555 481232 626688 5846475 5935cb vmlinux (32 bit)
generic: 4738621 481232 626688 5846541 59360d vmlinux (32 bit)
x86-specific: 5392395 846568 724424 6963387 6a40bb vmlinux (64 bit)
generic: 5392458 846568 724424 6963450 6a40fa vmlinux (64 bit)
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6: (61 commits)
ide: sanitize handling of IDE_HFLAG_NO_SET_MODE host flag
sis5513: fail early for unsupported chipsets
it821x: fix kzalloc() failure handling
qd65xx: use IDE_HFLAG_SINGLE host flag
qd65xx: always use ->selectproc method
ide-cd: put proc-related functions together under single ifdef
ide-cd: Replace __FUNCTION__ with __func__
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-cd.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/cy82c693.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/it8213.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-floppy.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/ali14xx.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/hd.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/cmd640.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/opti621.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-pnp.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-proc.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/ide-4drives.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/umc8672.c
IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/generic.c
...
Stephen Rothwell reported that linux-next did not build on powerpc64.
make optimized inlining dependent on architecture opt-in.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
add CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y.
allow gcc to optimize the kernel image's size by uninlining
functions that have been marked 'inline'. Previously gcc was
forced by Linux to always-inline these functions via a gcc
attribute:
#define inline inline __attribute__((always_inline))
Especially when the user has already selected
CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y this can make a huge difference in
kernel image size (using a standard Fedora .config):
text data bss dec hex filename
5613924 562708 3854336 10030968 990f78 vmlinux.before
5486689 562708 3854336 9903733 971e75 vmlinux.after
that's a 2.3% text size reduction (!).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
All host drivers now either set hwif->mmio or reserve continuous
I/O resources so remove no longer needed hwif->straight8 flag
and never reached code for 'hwif->straight8 == 0' case.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Sergei suggested that it shouldn't be necessary + it had no effect
anyway since ide_id_dma_bug() is called earlier in ide_tune_dma().
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
include/linux/hdsmart.h is not used by the kernel and should therefore
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Cc: "Robert P. J. Day" <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>,
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add IDE_HFLAG_QD_2ND_PORT host flag to indicate the need of skipping
first ide_hwifs[] slot for the second port of QD65xx controller.
* Handle this new host flag in ide_find_port_slot().
* Convert legacy VLB host drivers to use ide_find_port().
While at it:
* Fix couple of printk()-s in qd65xx host driver to not use hwif->name.
v2:
* Fix qd65xx.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Change ide_match_hwif() argument from 'u8 bootable' to
'struct ide_port_info *d'.
* Move ide_match_hwif() to ide-probe.c from setup-pci.c and rename
it to ide_find_port_slot(). Update some comments while at it.
* ide_find_port() can be now just a wrapper for ide_find_port_slot().
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
No need for it nowadays so remove quirk code from ide_get_best_pio_mode()
and IDE_HFLAG_PIO_DOWNGRADE host flag.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
"bootable" should be the default behavior so replace
IDE_HFLAG_BOOTABLE host flag with IDE_HFLAG_NON_BOOTABLE.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
This patch fixes section mismatch warnings in smpboot_setup_io_apic().
WARNING: arch/x86/kernel/built-in.o(.text+0x11781): Section mismatch in reference from the function smpboot_setup_io_apic()
to the function .init.text:setup_IO_APIC()
The function smpboot_setup_io_apic() references
the function __init setup_IO_APIC().
This is often because smpboot_setup_io_apic lacks a __init
annotation or the annotation of setup_IO_APIC is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Jacek Luczak <luczak.jacek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This patch adds extern to native_pagetable_setup_[start,done]() protypes and
fixes following section mismatch warning:
WARNING: arch/x86/mm/built-in.o(.text+0xf2): Section mismatch in reference from
the function paravirt_pagetable_setup_start()
paravirt_pagetable_setup_[start,done]() is used by __init pagetable_init().
Annotate both functions with __init.
Signed-off-by: Jacek Luczak <luczak.jacek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
get_bios_ebda() exists in asm/rio.h and asm/bios_ebda.h.
This patch removes the one in asm/rio.h.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use bitmap library for pin_programmed rather than reinvent
bitmaps.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Now that there are no more special cases in sys32_ptrace, we
can convert to using the generic compat_sys_ptrace entry point.
The sys32_ptrace function gets simpler and becomes compat_arch_ptrace.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
It is claimed that NexGen CPUs were never shipped:
http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/4/20/179
Also, the kernel support for these chips has been broken for
a long time, the code intended to support NexGen thereby being
essentially dead.
As an outcome of the discussion that can be found using the URL
above, this patch removes the NexGen support altogether.
The changes in this patch survived a defconfig build for i386, a
couple of successful randconfig builds, as well as a runtime test,
which consisted in booting a 32-bit x86 box up to the shell prompt.
Signed-off-by: Dmitri Vorobiev <dmitri.vorobiev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Jeff Chua reported that:
Commit e40c0fe6b0
(x86: cleanup duplicate includes) turned the userspace
asm-x86/posix_types.h and asm-x86/unistd.h headers into
empty files.
This patch reverts these bogus changes.
Reported-by: Jeff Chua <jeff.chua.linux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Avoid duplicating code in ethernet and FC modules.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Wrap doorbell, buffer and MTT allocation in helper functions for
ethernet and FC modules to use.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
* 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulus/powerpc: (49 commits)
[POWERPC] Add zImage.iseries to arch/powerpc/boot/.gitignore
[POWERPC] bootwrapper: fix build error on virtex405-head.S
[POWERPC] 4xx: Fix 460GT support to not enable FPU
[POWERPC] 4xx: Add NOR FLASH entries to Canyonlands and Glacier dts
[POWERPC] Xilinx: of_serial support for Xilinx uart 16550.
[POWERPC] Xilinx: boot support for Xilinx uart 16550.
[POWERPC] celleb: Add support for PCI Express
[POWERPC] celleb: Move miscellaneous files for Beat
[POWERPC] celleb: Move a file for SPU on Beat
[POWERPC] celleb: Move files for Beat mmu and iommu
[POWERPC] celleb: Move files for Beat hvcall interfaces
[POWERPC] celleb: Move the SCC related code for celleb
[POWERPC] celleb: Move the files for celleb base support
[POWERPC] celleb: Consolidate io-workarounds code
[POWERPC] cell: Generalize io-workarounds code
[POWERPC] Add CONFIG_PPC_PSERIES_DEBUG to enable debugging for platforms/pseries
[POWERPC] Convert from DBG() to pr_debug() in platforms/pseries/
[POWERPC] Register udbg console early on pseries LPAR
[POWERPC] Mark udbg console as CON_ANYTIME, ie. callable early in boot
[POWERPC] Set udbg_console index to 0
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.o-hand.com/linux-rpurdie-leds:
leds: Add default-on trigger
leds: Document the context brightness_set needs
leds: Add new driver for the LEDs on the Freecom FSG-3
leds: Add support to leds with readable status
leds: enable support for blink_set() platform hook in leds-gpio
leds: Cleanup various whitespace and code style issues
leds: disable triggers on brightness set
leds: Add mail LED support for "Clevo D400P"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-pat:
generic: add ioremap_wc() interface wrapper
/dev/mem: make promisc the default
pat: cleanups
x86: PAT use reserve free memtype in mmap of /dev/mem
x86: PAT phys_mem_access_prot_allowed for dev/mem mmap
x86: PAT avoid aliasing in /dev/mem read/write
devmem: add range_is_allowed() check to mmap of /dev/mem
x86: introduce /dev/mem restrictions with a config option
* 'upstream-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/libata-dev:
pata_bf54x: decrease count first.
sata_mv: re-enable hotplug, update TODO list
sata_mv: leave SError bits untouched in mv_err_intr
sata_mv: more interrupt handling rework
sata_mv: tidy host controller interrupt handling
sata_mv: simplify request/response queue handling
sata_mv: simplify freeze/thaw bit-shift calculations
sata_mv mask all interrupt coalescing bits
sata_mv more cosmetics
ata_piix: add Asus Eee 701 controller to short cable list
libata-eh set tf flags in NCQ EH result_tf
make sata_set_spd_needed() static
make sata_print_link_status() static
libata-acpi.c: remove unneeded #if's
sata_nv: make hardreset return -EAGAIN on success
ahci: retry enabling AHCI a few times before spitting out WARN_ON()
libata: make WARN_ON conditions in ata_sff_hsm_move() more strict
ATA/IDE: fix platform driver hotplug/coldplug
sata_sis: SCR accessors return -EINVAL when requested SCR isn't available
libata: functions with definition should not be extern
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb-2.6: (120 commits)
usb: don't update devnum for wusb devices
wusb: make ep0_reinit available for modules
wusb: devices dont use a set address
wusb: teach choose_address() about wireless devices
wusb: add link wusb-usb device
wusb: add authenticathed bit to usb_dev
USB: remove unnecessary type casting of urb->context
usb serial: more fixes and groundwork for tty changes
USB: replace remaining __FUNCTION__ occurrences
USB: usbfs: export the URB_NO_INTERRUPT flag to userspace
USB: fix compile problems in ehci-hcd
USB: ehci: qh_completions cleanup and bugfix
USB: cdc-acm: signedness fix
USB: add documentation about callbacks
USB: don't explicitly reenable root-hub status interrupts
USB: OHCI: turn off RD when remote wakeup is disabled
USB: HCDs use the do_remote_wakeup flag
USB: g_file_storage: ignore bulk-out data after invalid CBW
USB: serial: remove endpoints setting checks from core and header
USB: serial: remove unneeded number endpoints settings
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-xen-next: (52 commits)
xen: add balloon driver
xen: allow compilation with non-flat memory
xen: fold xen_sysexit into xen_iret
xen: allow set_pte_at on init_mm to be lockless
xen: disable preemption during tlb flush
xen pvfb: Para-virtual framebuffer, keyboard and pointer driver
xen: Add compatibility aliases for frontend drivers
xen: Module autoprobing support for frontend drivers
xen blkfront: Delay wait for block devices until after the disk is added
xen/blkfront: use bdget_disk
xen: Make xen-blkfront write its protocol ABI to xenstore
xen: import arch generic part of xencomm
xen: make grant table arch portable
xen: replace callers of alloc_vm_area()/free_vm_area() with xen_ prefixed one
xen: make include/xen/page.h portable moving those definitions under asm dir
xen: add resend_irq_on_evtchn() definition into events.c
Xen: make events.c portable for ia64/xen support
xen: move events.c to drivers/xen for IA64/Xen support
xen: move features.c from arch/x86/xen/features.c to drivers/xen
xen: add missing definitions in include/xen/interface/vcpu.h which ia64/xen needs
...
* git://git.infradead.org/mtd-2.6: (82 commits)
[MTD] m25p80: Add Support for ATMEL AT25DF641 64-Megabit SPI Flash
[MTD] m25p80: add FAST_READ access support to M25Pxx
[MTD] [NAND] bf5xx_nand: Avoid crash if bfin_mac is installed.
[MTD] [NAND] at91_nand: control NCE signal
[MTD] [NAND] AT91 hardware ECC compile fix for at91sam9263 / at91sam9260
[MTD] [NAND] Hardware ECC controller on at91sam9263 / at91sam9260
[JFFS2] Introduce dbg_readinode2 log level, use it to shut read_dnode() up
[JFFS2] Fix jffs2_reserve_space() when all blocks are pending erasure.
[JFFS2] Add erase_checking_list to hold blocks being marked.
UBI: add a message
[JFFS2] Return values of jffs2_block_check_erase error paths
[MTD] Clean up AR7 partition map support
[MTD] [NOR] Fix Intel CFI driver for collie flash
[JFFS2] Finally remove redundant ref->__totlen field.
[JFFS2] Honour TEST_TOTLEN macro in debugging code. ref->__totlen is going!
[JFFS2] Add paranoia debugging for superblock counts
[JFFS2] Fix free space leak with in-band cleanmarkers
[JFFS2] Self-sufficient #includes in jffs2_fs_i.h: include <linux/mutex.h>
[MTD] [NAND] Verify probe by retrying to checking the results match
[MTD] [NAND] S3C2410 Allow ECC disable to be specified by the board
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mingo/linux-2.6-x86-fixes4:
x86: harden kernel code patching
x86: clean up text_poke()
x86: fix text_poke()
x86: remove set_fixmap() warning
x86: make __set_fixmap() non-init
x86: make clear_fixmap() available on 64-bit as well
Presumably this is left over from earlier drafts of v4, which listed
TIME_METADATA as writeable. It's read-only in rfc 3530, and shouldn't
be modifiable anyway.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The file_lock structure is used both as a heavy-weight representation of
an active lock, with pointers to reference-counted structures, etc., and
as a simple container for parameters that describe a file lock.
The conflicting lock returned from __posix_lock_file is an example of
the latter; so don't call the filesystem or lock manager callbacks when
copying to it. This also saves the need for an unnecessary
locks_init_lock in the nfsv4 server.
Thanks to Trond for pointing out the error.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add /proc/fs/nfsd/unlock_filesystem, which allows e.g.:
shell> echo /mnt/sfs1 > /proc/fs/nfsd/unlock_filesystem
so that a filesystem can be unmounted before allowing a peer nfsd to
take over nfs service for the filesystem.
Signed-off-by: S. Wendy Cheng <wcheng@redhat.com>
Cc: Lon Hohberger <lhh@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
fs/lockd/svcsubs.c | 66 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
fs/nfsd/nfsctl.c | 65 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
include/linux/lockd/lockd.h | 7 ++++
3 files changed, 131 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
For high-availability NFS service, we generally need to be able to drop
file locks held on the exported filesystem before moving clients to a
new server. Currently the only way to do that is by shutting down lockd
entirely, which is often undesireable (for example, if you want to
continue exporting other filesystems).
This patch allows the administrator to release all locks held by clients
accessing the client through a given server ip address, by echoing that
address to a new file, /proc/fs/nfsd/unlock_ip, as in:
shell> echo 10.1.1.2 > /proc/fs/nfsd/unlock_ip
The expected sequence of events can be:
1. Tear down the IP address
2. Unexport the path
3. Write IP to /proc/fs/nfsd/unlock_ip to unlock files
4. Signal peer to begin take-over.
For now we only support IPv4 addresses and NFSv2/v3 (NFSv4 locks are not
affected).
Also, if unmounting the filesystem is required, we assume at step 3 that
clients using the given server ip are the only clients holding locks on
the given filesystem; otherwise, an additional patch is required to
allow revoking all locks held by lockd on a given filesystem.
Signed-off-by: S. Wendy Cheng <wcheng@redhat.com>
Cc: Lon Hohberger <lhh@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
fs/lockd/svcsubs.c | 66 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
fs/nfsd/nfsctl.c | 65 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
include/linux/lockd/lockd.h | 7 ++++
3 files changed, 131 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
* let unshare_files() give caller the displaced files_struct
* don't bother with grabbing reference only to drop it in the
caller if it hadn't been shared in the first place
* in that form unshare_files() is trivially implemented via
unshare_fd(), so we eliminate the duplicate logics in fork.c
* reset_files_struct() is not just only called for current;
it will break the system if somebody ever calls it for anything
else (we can't modify ->files of somebody else). Lose the
task_struct * argument.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
dm_create_error_table() was added in kernel 2.6.18 and never used...
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Clean up the dm-log interface to prepare for publishing it in include/linux.
Signed-off-by: Heinz Mauelshagen <hjm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
In commit ba749ae98d ([XFRM]: alg_key_len
should be unsigned to avoid integer divides
<http://git2.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6.git;a=commitdiff;h=ba749ae98d5aa9d2ce9a7facde0deed454f92230>)
alg_key_len field of struct xfrm_algo was converted to unsigned int to
avoid integer divides.
Then Herbert in commit 1a6509d991
([IPSEC]: Add support for combined mode algorithms) added a new
structure xfrm_algo_aead, that resurrected a signed int for alg_key_len
and re-introduce integer divides.
This patch avoids these divides and saves 64 bytes of text on i386.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes the specific interaction between the platform and the PHY
requires special handling. For instance, to change where the PHY's
clock input is, or to add a delay to account for latency issues in the
data path. We add a mechanism for registering a callback with the PHY
Lib to be called on matching PHYs when they are brought up, or reset.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
We need to tie the WUSB and USB devices; the USB stack doesn't need to
know the details about the WUSB device, but needs to have a link to
it. This is needed so that the notify call back for Remove Device can
tie both and undo the device setup (sysfs files).
We connect the devices together at the Add Device notifier callback
(the wusb_dev references the usb_dev and stores it, the usb_dev
references the wusb_dev and stores it); then we do create the WUSB
sysfs files at the usb_dev sysfs directory. At Remove Device, we undo
that (thus we need the usb_dev reference).
Cross reference to functions in the WUSB substack:
wusb_dev_{add,rm}_ncb().
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This bit indicates the system that the WUSB device has been crypto
authenticated and thus can operate as normal.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch (as1079) cleans up the way URB_* flags are exported in
usbfs.
The URB_NO_INTERRUPT flag is now exported (this is the
only behavioral change).
USBDEVFS_URB_* macros are added for URB_NO_FSBR,
URB_ZERO_PACKET, and URB_NO_INTERRUPT, making explicit the
fact that the kernel accepts them.
The flag matching takes into account that the URB_* values
may change as the kernel evolves, whereas the USBDEVFS_URB_*
values must remain fixed since they are a user API.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Remove the unused check for num_interrupt and friends as well as remove
them from the header file because no usb-serial drivers no longer
reference them.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Comments here are so outdated that they are plain wrong. We cannot expect
people to write correct drivers if the headers have incorrect comments.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This adds the ability to trigger asynchronous unlinks of anchored URBs. This
is needed for error handling in the comntext of completion handlers, which
cannot sleep.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
I have got a cypress usb-ide bridge and I would like to tune or monitor
my disk with tools like hdparm, hddtemp or smartctl.
My controller support a way to send raw ATA command to the disk with
something call atacb (see
http://download.cypress.com.edgesuite.net/design_resources/datasheets/contents/cy7c68300c_8.pdf).
Atacb support can be added for each application, but there is some disadvantages :
- all application need to be patched
- A race is possible if there other accesses, because the emulation can
be split in 2 atacb scsi transactions. One for sending the command, one
for reading the register (if ck_cond is set).
I have implemented the emulation in usb-storage with a special proto_handler,
and an unsual entry.
Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Dharm <mdharm-usb@one-eyed-alien.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
For the header files in include/linux/usb, add missing multiple
inclusion protection and standardize what's already there. The
apparent standards:
* macro name of __LINUX_USB_headerfile_H
* inclusion protection placed after leading comment block
* macro name added as a comment on the final #endif
* any obvious trivial whitespace cleanup associated with the above
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The the err() / info() / warn() macros in usb.h inserted __FILE__ at
the beginning of the message, which expands to the complete pathname
of the source file within the kernel tree, frequently taking up half
of an 80 character screen line before the actual message even begins.
Use the module name instead.
Signed-off-by: Tilman Schmidt <tilman@imap.cc>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
There's a new PM-related change notice for the USB 2.0 specification
called "Link Power Management" (LPM). It defines a new "L1 Suspend"
state which resembles the current (L2) suspend state, except that it
can be entered and exited much more quickly. It should thus be more
useful for runtime PM, even though it doesn't mandate reduced power
draw from VBUS.
This patch provides the relevant #defines for usbcore. Actually
implementing these mechanisms requires host silicon that can generate
new USB packets, plus hubs handling some new requests and peripherals
which understand the new packets.
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Convert struct usb_device to use kernel-doc notation.
Please especially check the @filelist and @usb_classdev descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This is needed by the wireless usb developers, and is part of the USB spec.
Cc: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch (as1047) removes the USB_PERSIST Kconfig option, enabling
it permanently. It also prevents the power/persist attribute from
being created for hub devices; there's no point in having it since
USB-PERSIST is always turned on for hubs.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Make sure there is no confusion about the contexts brightness_set
can be called under by documenting it.
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Some led hardware allows drivers to query the led state, and this patch
adds a hook to let the led class take advantage of that information when
available.
Without this functionality, when access to the led hardware is not
exclusive (i.e. firmware or hardware might change its state behind the
kernel's back), reality goes out of sync with the led class' idea of what
the led is doing, which is annoying at best.
Behaviour for drivers that do not or cannot read the led status is
unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Enhance leds-gpio to provide hardware-based led flashing by passing
through the blink_set() call to a optionally set platform-specific
function pointer.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Thomas Gleixner debugged a particularly ugly seqlock related livelock:
do not process the seq-read section if we know it beforehand that the
test at the end of the section will fail ...
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The balloon driver allows memory to be dynamically added or removed from the domain,
in order to allow host memory to be balanced between multiple domains.
This patch introduces the Xen balloon driver, though it currently only
allows a domain to be shrunk from its initial size (and re-grown back to
that size). A later patch will add the ability to grow a domain beyond
its initial size.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This is a pair of Xen para-virtual frontend device drivers:
drivers/video/xen-fbfront.c provides a framebuffer, and
drivers/input/xen-kbdfront provides keyboard and mouse.
The backends run in dom0 user space.
The two drivers are not in two separate patches, because the
intermediate step (one driver, not the other) is somewhat problematic:
the backend in dom0 needs both drivers, and will refuse to complete
device initialization unless they're both present.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When the xen block frontend driver is built as a module the module load
is only synchronous up to the point where the frontend and the backend
become connected rather than when the disk is added.
This means that there can be a race on boot between loading the module and
loading the dm-* modules and doing the scan for LVM physical volumes (all
in the initrd). In the failure case the disk is not present until after the
scan for physical volumes is complete.
Taken from:
http://xenbits.xensource.com/linux-2.6.18-xen.hg?rev/11483a00c017
Signed-off-by: Christian Limpach <Christian.Limpach@xensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark McLoughlin <markmc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Frontends are expected to write their protocol ABI to xenstore. Since
the protocol ABI defaults to the backend's native ABI, things work
fine without that as long as the frontend's native ABI is identical to
the backend's native ABI. This is not the case for xen-blkfront
running 32-on-64, because its ABI differs between 32 and 64 bit, and
thus needs this fix.
Based on http://xenbits.xensource.com/xen-unstable.hg?rev/c545932a18f3
and http://xenbits.xensource.com/xen-unstable.hg?rev/ffe52263b430 by
Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <Jeremy.Fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
On xen/ia64 and xen/powerpc hypercall arguments are passed by pseudo
physical address (guest physical address) so that it's necessary to
convert from virtual address into pseudo physical address. The frame
work is called xencomm.
Import arch generic part of xencomm.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
split out x86 specific part from grant-table.c and
allow ia64/xen specific initialization.
ia64/xen grant table is based on pseudo physical address
(guest physical address) unlike x86/xen. On ia64 init_mm
doesn't map identity straight mapped area.
ia64/xen specific grant table initialization is necessary.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Don't use alloc_vm_area()/free_vm_area() directly, instead define
xen_alloc_vm_area()/xen_free_vm_area() and use them.
alloc_vm_area()/free_vm_area() are used to allocate/free area which
are for grant table mapping. Xen/x86 grant table is based on virtual
address so that alloc_vm_area()/free_vm_area() are suitable.
On the other hand Xen/ia64 (and Xen/powerpc) grant table is based on
pseudo physical address (guest physical address) so that allocation
should be done differently.
The original version of xenified Linux/IA64 have its own
allocate_vm_area()/free_vm_area() definitions which don't allocate vm area
contradictory to those names.
Now vanilla Linux already has its definitions so that it's impossible
to have IA64 definitions of allocate_vm_area()/free_vm_area().
Instead introduce xen_allocate_vm_area()/xen_free_vm_area() and use them.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The definitions in include/asm/xen/page.h are arch specific.
ia64/xen wants to define its own version. So move them to arch specific
directory and keep include/xen/page.h in order not to break compilation.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Define resend_irq_on_evtchn() which ia64/xen uses.
Although it isn't used by current x86/xen code, it's arch generic
so that put it into common code.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Remove x86 dependency in drivers/xen/events.c for ia64/xen support
introducing include/asm/xen/events.h.
Introduce xen_irqs_disabled() to hide regs->flags
Introduce xen_do_IRQ() to hide regs->orig_ax.
make enum ipi_vector definition arch specific. ia64/xen needs four vectors.
Add one rmb() because on ia64 xchg() isn't barrier.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
move arch/x86/xen/events.c undedr drivers/xen to share codes
with x86 and ia64. And minor adjustment to compile.
ia64/xen also uses events.c
Signed-off-by: Yaozu (Eddie) Dong <eddie.dong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add xen handles realted definitions for xen vcpu which ia64/xen needs.
Pointer argumsnts for ia64/xen hypercall are passed in pseudo physical
address (guest physical address) so that it is required to convert
guest kernel virtual address into pseudo physical address.
The xen guest handle represents such arguments.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add xen handles realted definitions for grant table which ia64/xen
needs.
Pointer argumsnts for ia64/xen hypercall are passed in pseudo physical
address (guest physical address) so that it is required to convert
guest kernel virtual address into pseudo physical address right before
issuing hypercall.
The xen guest handle represents such arguments.
Define necessary handles and helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add xen VIRQ numbers defined for arch specific use.
ia64/xen domU uses VIRQ_ARCH_0 for virtual itc timer.
Although all those constants aren't used yet by ia64
at this moment, add all arch specific VIRQ numbers.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add xen hypercall numbers defined for arch specific use.
ia64/xen domU uses __HYPERVISOR_arch_1 to manipulate paravirtualized
IOSAPIC. Although all those constants aren't used yet by IA64 at this
moment, add all arch specific hypercall numbers.
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
All pagetables need fundamentally the same setup and destruction, so
just use the same code for everything.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Make KERNEL_PGD_PTRS common, as previously it was only being defined
for 32-bit.
There are a couple of follow-on changes from this:
- KERNEL_PGD_PTRS was being defined in terms of USER_PGD_PTRS. The
definition of USER_PGD_PTRS doesn't really make much sense on x86-64,
since it can have two different user address-space configurations.
I renamed USER_PGD_PTRS to KERNEL_PGD_BOUNDARY, which is meaningful
for all of 32/32, 32/64 and 64/64 process configurations.
- USER_PTRS_PER_PGD was also defined and was being used for similar
purposes. Converting its users to KERNEL_PGD_BOUNDARY left it
completely unused, and so I removed it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Zach Amsden <zach@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Xen's pte operations on mfns can be unified like the kernel's pfn operations.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Turn paravirt stubs into inline functions, so that the arguments are
still typechecked.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Rename (alloc|release)_(pt|pd) to pte/pmd to explicitly match the name
of the appropriate pagetable level structure.
[ x86.git merge work by Mark McLoughlin <markmc@redhat.com> ]
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Mark McLoughlin <markmc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Common definitions for 3-level pagetable functions.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Common definitions for 2-level pagetable functions.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add a common arch/x86/mm/pgtable.c file for common pagetable functions.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Convert asm-x86/pgalloc_64.h from macros into functions (#include hell
prevents __*_free_tlb from being inline, but they're probably a bit
big to inline anyway).
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
x86 has ioremap_wc for wc remap. Also introduce a generic ioremap_wc
aliased to ioremap_uc so that drivers can use this interface transparently.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Introduce phys_mem_access_prot_allowed(), which checks whether the mapping
is possible, without any conflicts and returns success or failure based on that.
phys_mem_access_prot() by itself does not allow failure case. This ability
to return error is needed for PAT where we may have aliasing conflicts.
x86 setup __HAVE_PHYS_MEM_ACCESS_PROT and move x86 specific code out of
/dev/mem into arch specific area.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add xlate and unxlate around /dev/mem read/write. This sets up the mapping
that can be used for /dev/mem read and write without aliasing worries.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch introduces a restriction on /dev/mem: Only non-memory can be
read or written unless the newly introduced config option is set.
The X server needs access to /dev/mem for the PCI space, but it doesn't need
access to memory; both the file permissions and SELinux permissions of /dev/mem
just make X effectively super-super powerful. With the exception of the
BIOS area, there's just no valid app that uses /dev/mem on actual memory.
Other popular users of /dev/mem are rootkits and the like.
(note: mmap access of memory via /dev/mem was already not allowed since
a really long time)
People who want to use /dev/mem for kernel debugging can enable the config
option.
The restrictions of this patch have been in the Fedora and RHEL kernels for
at least 4 years without any problems.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
* git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (80 commits)
SUNRPC: Invalidate the RPCSEC_GSS session if the server dropped the request
make nfs_automount_list static
NFS: remove duplicate flags assignment from nfs_validate_mount_data
NFS - fix potential NULL pointer dereference v2
SUNRPC: Don't change the RPCSEC_GSS context on a credential that is in use
SUNRPC: Fix a race in gss_refresh_upcall()
SUNRPC: Don't disconnect more than once if retransmitting NFSv4 requests
SUNRPC: Remove the unused export of xprt_force_disconnect
SUNRPC: remove XS_SENDMSG_RETRY
SUNRPC: Protect creds against early garbage collection
NFSv4: Attempt to use machine credentials in SETCLIENTID calls
NFSv4: Reintroduce machine creds
NFSv4: Don't use cred->cr_ops->cr_name in nfs4_proc_setclientid()
nfs: fix printout of multiword bitfields
nfs: return negative error value from nfs{,4}_stat_to_errno
NLM/lockd: Ensure client locking calls use correct credentials
NFS: Remove the buggy lock-if-signalled case from do_setlk()
NLM/lockd: Fix a race when cancelling a blocking lock
NLM/lockd: Ensure that nlmclnt_cancel() returns results of the CANCEL call
NLM: Remove the signal masking in nlmclnt_proc/nlmclnt_cancel
...
* 'for-linus' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (52 commits)
knfsd: clear both setuid and setgid whenever a chown is done
knfsd: get rid of imode variable in nfsd_setattr
SUNRPC: Use unsigned loop and array index in svc_init_buffer()
SUNRPC: Use unsigned index when looping over arrays
SUNRPC: Update RPC server's TCP record marker decoder
SUNRPC: RPC server still uses 2.4 method for disabling TCP Nagle
NLM: don't let lockd exit on unexpected svc_recv errors (try #2)
NFS: don't let nfs_callback_svc exit on unexpected svc_recv errors (try #2)
Use a zero sized array for raw field in struct fid
nfsd: use static memory for callback program and stats
SUNRPC: remove svc_create_thread()
nfsd: fix comment
lockd: Fix stale nlmsvc_unlink_block comment
NFSD: Strip __KERNEL__ testing from unexported header files.
sunrpc: make token header values less confusing
gss_krb5: consistently use unsigned for seqnum
NFSD: Remove NFSv4 dependency on NFSv3
SUNRPC: Remove PROC_FS dependency
NFSD: Use "depends on" for PROC_FS dependency
nfsd: move most of fh_verify to separate function
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/v4l-dvb: (452 commits)
V4L/DVB (7731): tuner-xc2028: fix signal strength calculus
V4L/DVB (7730): tuner-xc2028: Fix SCODE load for MTS firmwares
V4L/DVB (7729): Fix VIDIOCGAP corruption in ivtv
V4L/DVB (7728): tea5761: bugzilla #10462: tea5761 autodetection code were broken
V4L/DVB (7726): cx23885: Enable cx23417 support on the HVR1800
V4L/DVB (7725): cx23885: Add generic cx23417 hardware encoder support
V4L/DVB (7723): pvrusb2: Clean up input selection list generation in V4L interface
V4L/DVB (7722): pvrusb2: Implement FM radio support for Gotview USB2.0 DVD 2
V4L/DVB (7721): pvrusb2: Restructure cx23416 firmware loading to have a common exit point
V4L/DVB (7720): pvrusb2: Fix bad error code on cx23416 firmware load failure
V4L/DVB (7719): pvrusb2: Implement input selection enforcement
V4L/DVB (7718): pvrusb2-dvb: update Kbuild selections
V4L/DVB (7717): pvrusb2-dvb: add DVB-T support for Hauppauge pvrusb2 model 73xxx
V4L/DVB (7716): pvrusb2: clean up global functions
V4L/DVB (7715): pvrusb2: Clean out all use of __FUNCTION__
V4L/DVB (7714): pvrusb2: Fix hang on module removal
V4L/DVB (7713): pvrusb2: Implement cleaner DVB kernel thread shutdown
V4L/DVB (7712): pvrusb2: Close connect/disconnect race
V4L/DVB (7711): pvrusb2: Fix race on module unload
V4L/DVB (7710): pvrusb2: Implement critical digital streaming quirk for onair devices
...
videobuf-dvb were still using a function that were videobuf-dma-sg
dependent. This patch creates a generic handler for this function. This
way, videobuf-dvb can now work with all videobuf implementations.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
The adapter_nr module options can be used to allocate static adapter
numbers on a driver level. It avoids problems with changing DVB apapter
numbers after warm/cold boot or device unplugging and repluging.
Each driver holds DVB_MAX_ADAPTER long array of the preferred order of
adapter numbers.
options dvb-usb-dib0700 adapter_nr=7,6,5,4,3,2,1,0 would result in a
reversed allocation of adapter numbers.
With adapter_nr=2,5 it tries first to get adapter number 2 and 5. If
both are already in use it will allocate the lowest free adapter number.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <janne-dvb@grunau.be>
Acked-by: Hermann Pitton <hermann.pitton@arcor.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
The attached patch adds complete remote control support for Powercolor Real
Angel 330.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Fraga <fragabr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
All drivers should provide a spinlock to be used in videobuf operations.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Brandon Philips <bphilips@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Function pointers and the driver owner are not expected to change
throughout soc-camera host's life. Extract them into an operations struct.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Add a waitqueue to wait on when there are no buffers in the buffer queue.
DQBUF waits on this queue without holding vb_lock to allow a QBUF to happen.
Once a buffer has been queued we recheck that the queue is still streaming and
wait on the new buffer's waitqueue while holding the vb_lock. The driver
should come along in a timely manner and put the buffer into its next state
finishing the DQBUF.
By implementing this waitqueue it also brings the videobuf DQBUF up to spec and
it now blocks on O_NONBLOCK even when no buffers have been queued via QBUF:
"By default VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no buffer is in the outgoing queue."
- V4L2 spec
Signed-off-by: Brandon Philips <bphilips@suse.de>
CC: Trent Piepho <xyzzy@speakeasy.org>
CC: Carl Karsten <carl@personnelware.com>
CC: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Define a pre-defined control ID for color killer functionality.
Signed-off-by: "Frej Drejhammar <frej.drejhammar@gmail.com>"
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Define a pre-defined control ID for chroma automatic gain control.
Signed-off-by: "Frej Drejhammar <frej.drejhammar@gmail.com>"
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
TUNER_PHILIPS_ATSC is an ambiguous name for a tuner. Rename it to
TUNER_PHILIPS_FCV1236D to be more descriptive.
Signed-off-by: Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Make the dev member of the struct videobuf_queue of type "struct device *"
to avoid future problems. Also change the prototype of the
videobuf_queue_core_init() function.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Enable digital tuning support within tuner-simple. This will allow for a
single tuner module to manage the hardware, without having dvb-pll loaded.
Signed-off-by: Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Add entry points used for digital tuning via the dvb_frontend.
Share state data between multiple instances of the driver for hybrid
tuners.
Signed-off-by: Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Improve hardware parameter negotiation between the camera host driver and
camera drivers. Parameters like horizontal and vertical synchronisation,
pixel clock polarity shall be set depending on capabilities of the
parties.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Currently (in linux-2.6.24, but linux-dvb hg looks similar), the
dmx_output_t in the dmx_pes_filter_params decides two things: whether
output is sent to demux0 or dvr0 (in dmxdev.c:dvb_dmxdev_ts_callback),
*and* whether to depacketise TS (in dmxdev.c:dvb_dmxdev_filter_start).
As it stands, those two things can't be set independently: output
destined for demux0 is depacketised, output for dvr0 isn't.
This is what you want for capturing multiple audio streams from the same
multiplex simultaneously: open demux0 several times and send
depacketised output there. And capturing a single video stream is fine
not what you want: you want multi-open (so demux0, not dvr0), but you
want the TS nature preserved (because that's what you want on output, as
you're going to re-multiplex it with the audio).
At least one existing solution -- GStreamer -- sends all its streams
simultaneously via dvr0 and demuxes again in userland, but it seems a
bit of a shame to pick out all the PIDs in kernel, stick them back
together in kernel, and send them to userland only to get unpicked
again, when the alternative is such a small API addition.
The attached patch adds a new value for dmx_output_t:
DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP, which sends TS to the demux0 device. With this
patch and a dvb-usb-dib0700 (and UK Freeview from Sandy Heath), I can
successfully capture an audio/video PID pair into a TS file that mplayer
can play back.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hartley <pdh@utter.chaos.org.uk>
Acked-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Only attach cameras to the host interface for probing, then detach until
open. This allows platforms with several cameras on an interface,
physically supporting only one camera, to handle multiple cameras and
activate them selectively after initial probing. The first attach during
probe is needed to activate the host interface to be able to physically
communicate with cameras.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
videobuf-dma-sg does not need to depend on PCI. Switch it to using generic
DMA API, convert all affected drivers, relax Kconfig restriction, improve
compile-time type checking, fix some Coding Style violations while at it.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
- Continue to support the V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE + 1 control in the ABI
- Report the same control as V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS
- Report the private control disabled via QUERYCTRL
Signed-off-by: Brandon Philips <bphilips@suse.de>
Acked-by: Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
This adds two new fourcc codes (as per info at fourcc.org)
for 16bpp mono and 16bpp Bayer formats.
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <steve@chygwyn.com>
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
This driver provides an interface between platform-specific camera
busses and camera devices. It should be used if the camera is connected
not over a "proper" bus like PCI or USB, but over a special bus, like,
for example, the Quick Capture interface on PXA270 SoCs. Later it should
also be used for i.MX31 SoCs from Freescale. It can handle multiple
cameras and / or multiple busses, which can be used, e.g., in
stereo-vision applications.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Add V4L2_IDENT chip IDs for mt9m001 and mt9v022 cameras, will be used by
future patches, primarily to implement the g_chip_ident ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Add all of the recently proposed camera class controls. These controls
should appear in the next version of the v4l2spec.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Philips <bphilips@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
These changes should appear in the next update of the v4l2spec.
HCENTER and VCENTER are unused in the tree so I added a _DEPRECATED
postfix so applications can remove their use.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Philips <bphilips@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cooloney/blackfin-2.6: (85 commits)
Blackfin char driver for Blackfin on-chip OTP memory (v3)
Blackfin Serial Driver: fix bug - use mod_timer to replace only add_timer.
Blackfin Serial Driver: the uart break anomaly has been given its own number, so switch to it
Blackfin Serial Driver: use BFIN_UART_NR_PORTS to help SIR driver in uart port.
Blackfin Serial Driver: Fix bug - kernel hangs when accessing uart 0 on bf537 when booting u-boot and linux on uart 1
Blackfin Serial Driver: punt unused lsr variable
Blackfin Serial Driver: Enable IR function when user application (irattach /dev/ttyBFx -s) call TIOCSETD ioctl with line discipline N_IRDA
[Blackfin] arch: add include/boot .gitignore files
[Blackfin] arch: Functional power management support: Add support for cpu frequency scaling
[Blackfin] arch: Functional power management support: Remove broken cpu frequency scaling drivers
[Blackfin] arch: Equalize include files: Add PLL_DIV Masks
[Blackfin] arch: Add a warning about the value of CLKIN.
[Blackfin] arch: take DDR DEVWD into consideration as well for BF548
[Blackfin] arch: Remove the circular buffering mechanism for exceptions
[Blackfin] arch: lose unnecessary dependency on CONFIG_BFIN_ICACHE for MPU
[Blackfin] arch: fix bug - before assign new channel to the map register, need clear the bits first.
[Blackfin] arch: add Blackfin on-chip SIR IrDA driver support
[Blackfin] arch: BF54x memsizes are in mbits, not mbytes
[Blackfin] arch: try to remove condition that causes double fault, by checking current before it gets dereferenced
[Blackfin] arch: Update anomaly list.
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (22 commits)
tun: Multicast handling in tun_chr_ioctl() needs proper locking.
[NET]: Fix heavy stack usage in seq_file output routines.
[AF_UNIX] Initialise UNIX sockets before general device initcalls
[RTNETLINK]: Fix bogus ASSERT_RTNL warning
iwlwifi: Fix built-in compilation of iwlcore (part 2)
tun: Fix minor race in TUNSETLINK ioctl handling.
ppp_generic: use stats from net_device structure
iwlwifi: Don't unlock priv->mutex if it isn't locked
wireless: rndis_wlan: modparam_workaround_interval is never below 0.
prism54: prism54_get_encode() test below 0 on unsigned index
mac80211: update mesh EID values
b43: Workaround DMA quirks
mac80211: fix use before check of Qdisc length
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix off-by-one
mac80211: Fix race between ieee80211_rx_bss_put and lookup routines.
ath5k: Fix radio identification on AR5424/2424
ssb: Fix all-ones boardflags
b43: Add more btcoexist workarounds
b43: Fix HostFlags data types
b43: Workaround invalid bluetooth settings
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc-2.6: (23 commits)
sparc: sunzilog uart order
[SPARC64]: Detect trap frames in stack backtraces.
[SPARC64]: %l6 trap return handling no longer necessary.
[SPARC64]: Use trap type stored in pt_regs to handle syscall restart.
[SPARC64]: Store magic cookie and trap type in pt_regs.
[SPARC64]: PROM debug console can be CON_ANYTIME.
sparc64: cleanup after SunOS/Solaris binary emulation removal
sparc: cleanup after SunOS binary emulation removal
[SPARC64]: Add NUMA support.
[SPARC64]: Allocate TSB node-local.
[SPARC64]: NUMA device infrastructure.
[SPARC64]: Kill pci_iommu_table_init() declaration.
[SPARC64]: Once we have the boot cmdline, call parse_early_param()
[SPARC64]: Remove unused asm-sparc64/numnodes.h
[SPARC64]: Decrease SECTION_SIZE_BITS to 30.
[SPARC64]: Initialize MDESC earlier and use lmb_alloc()
[SPARC64]: Use lmb_alloc() for PROM device tree.
[SPARC64]: Call real_setup_per_cpu_areas() earlier and use lmb_alloc().
[SPARC64]: Fully use LMB information in bootmem_init().
[SPARC64]: Start using LMB information in bootmem_init().
...
This splits cell io-workaround code into spider-pci dependent code and
a generic part, and also moves io-workarounds initialization into
cell_setup_phb.
Signed-off-by: Kou Ishizaki <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
This adds the required functionality to fill in all pacas at runtime.
With NR_CPUS=1024
text data bss dec hex filename
137 1704032 0 1704169 1a00e9 arch/powerpc/kernel/paca.o :Before
121 1179744 524288 1704153 1a00d9 arch/powerpc/kernel/paca.o :After
Also remove unneeded #includes from arch/powerpc/kernel/paca.c
Signed-off-by: Tony Breeds <tony@bakeyournoodle.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
The fixmap code from x86 allows us to have compile time virtual addresses
that we change the physical addresses of at run time.
This is useful for applications like kmap_atomic, PCI config that is done
via direct memory map, kexec/kdump.
We got ride of CONFIG_HIGHMEM_START as we can now determine a more optimal
location for PKMAP_BASE based on where the fixmap addresses start and
working back from there.
Additionally, the kmap code in asm-powerpc/highmem.h always had debug
enabled. Moved to using CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM to determine if we should
have the extra debug checking.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Added support to allow an 85xx kernel to be run from a non-zero physical
address (useful for cooperative asymmetric multiprocessing situations and
kdump). The support can be configured at compile time by setting
CONFIG_PAGE_OFFSET, CONFIG_KERNEL_START, and CONFIG_PHYSICAL_START as
desired.
Alternatively, the kernel build can set CONFIG_RELOCATABLE. Setting this
config option causes the kernel to determine at runtime the physical
addresses of CONFIG_PAGE_OFFSET and CONFIG_KERNEL_START. If
CONFIG_RELOCATABLE is set, then CONFIG_PHYSICAL_START has no meaning.
However, CONFIG_PHYSICAL_START will always be used to set the LOAD program
header physical address field in the resulting ELF image.
Currently we are limited to running at a physical address that is a
multiple of 256M. This is due to how we map TLBs to cover
lowmem. This should be fixed to allow 64M or maybe even 16M alignment
in the future. It is considered an error to try and run a kernel at a
non-aligned physical address.
All the magic for this support is accomplished by proper initialization
of the kernel memory subsystem and use of ARCH_PFN_OFFSET.
The use of ARCH_PFN_OFFSET only affects normal memory and not IO mappings.
ioremap uses map_page and isn't affected by ARCH_PFN_OFFSET.
/dev/mem continues to allow access to any physical address in the system
regardless of how CONFIG_PHYSICAL_START is set.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Commit d04ceb3fc2 moved phys_addr_t
definitions to include/asm-powerpc/types.h. However, arch/ppc 440
builds had a duplicate definition in include/asm-ppc/mmu.h that caused
the build to fail.
This removes the duplicate definition in arch/ppc.
Signed-off-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
The powerpc kernel stacks need to be naturally aligned, as they
contain the thread info at the bottom, which is obtained by
clearing the low bits of the stack pointer.
However, when using 64K pages, the stack is smaller than a page,
so we use kmalloc to allocate it, but that doesn't provide the
alignment guarantee we need.
It appeared to work so far... until one enables SLUB debugging
which then returns unaligned pointers. Ooops...
This fixes it by using a slab cache with enforced alignment. It
relies on my previous patch that adds a thread_info_cache_init()
callback.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Some architectures need to maintain a kmem cache for thread info
structures. The next commit adds that to powerpc to fix an alignment
problem.
There is no good arch callback to use to initialize that cache
that I can find, so this adds a new one in the form of a weak
function whose default is empty.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Now that we indicate the "restart system call" in the
trap type field of pt_regs->magic, we don't need to
set the %l6 boolean in all of the trap return paths.
And we therefore don't need to pass it to do_notify_resume().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
snd_minor_info_oss_* is an function returning int _or_ comment,
depending on config parameters. That is truly evil, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Two sentences seem to be spliced into one in comment, fix that and fix
english. Also fix codingstyle.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
* removing the hack with NON_AKM ak4xxx type
* support for card-specific flags in ak4114_stats
* definition of the flags for corresponding cards
Signed-off-by: Pavel Hofman <dustin@seznam.cz>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Added definition for byte 4 of SPDIF channel status, according to
second edition of IEC 60958-3 (consumer) spec.
Signed-off-by: Pawel MOLL <pawel.moll@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Move the codes for virtual master controls to sound core part so that
not only hda-intel drivers can use it.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Added the support of 8 channel sound for codecs that are known to work.
So far, only ALC850 is marked as a 8ch-support codec.
This fix is a modified version of the patch on ALSA BTS#2097 by
Martin Ellis:
https://bugtrack.alsa-project.org/alsa-bug/view.php?id=2097
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
This sets us up for several simplifications and facilities:
1) The magic cookie lets us identify trap frames more
accurately in stack backtraces.
2) The trap type lets us simplify all of the "are we in
a syscall" state management and checks.
3) We can now see if a task off the cpu is sleeping in
a system call or not. In fact, we can see what
trap it is sleeping in whatever the type. The utrace
guys will use this.
Based upon some discussions with Roland McGrath.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is only code to parse NUMA attributes on
sun4v/niagara systems, but later on we will add such parsing
for older systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ASSERT_RTNL uses mutex_trylock to test whether the rtnl_mutex is
held. This bogus warnings when running in atomic context, which
f.e. happens when adding secondary unicast addresses through
macvlan or vlan or when synchronizing multicast addresses from
wireless devices.
Mid-term we might want to consider moving all address updates
to process context since the locking seems overly complicated,
for now just fix the bogus warning by changing ASSERT_RTNL to
use mutex_is_locked().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds Intel SCH chipsets (US15W, US15L, UL11L) PCI IDs, these
IDs will be used by following SCH driver patches.
Signed-off-by: Alek Du <alek.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@jbarnes-t61.(none)>
This patch updates mesh EID values, some of which where conflicting with
already-approved 11h EIDs (pointed out by Tomas Winkler). I wanted to use the
values suggested in the last available 802.11 draft (2.0) but it assigns 50 to
MESH_CONFIG, the same value than EXT_SUPP_RATES. Using the values proposed in
the draft incremented by one.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up: Update the RPC server's TCP record marker decoder to match the
constructs used by the RPC client's TCP socket transport.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The raw field's size can vary so we use a zero sized array since
gcc will not allow a variable sized array inside a union. This
has been tested with ext3 and gfs2 and relates to the bug
report: http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/10/24/374 and discussion
thread: http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/4/7/65
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Now that the nfs4 callback thread uses the kthread API, there are no
more users of svc_create_thread(). Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Consistently use unsigned (u32 vs. s32) for seqnum.
In get_mic function, send the local copy of seq_send,
rather than the context version.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
cleanup: When adding new encryption types, the checksum length
can be different for each enctype. Face the fact that the
current code only supports DES which has a checksum length of 8.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add extern to nfsd/nfsd.h
fs/nfsd/nfssvc.c:146:5: warning: symbol 'nfsd_nrthreads' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/nfsd/nfssvc.c:261:5: warning: symbol 'nfsd_nrpools' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/nfsd/nfssvc.c:269:5: warning: symbol 'nfsd_get_nrthreads' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/nfsd/nfssvc.c:281:5: warning: symbol 'nfsd_set_nrthreads' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/nfsd/export.c:1534:23: warning: symbol 'nfs_exports_op' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add include of auth.h
fs/nfsd/auth.c:27:5: warning: symbol 'nfsd_setuser' was not declared. Should it be static?
Make static, move forward declaration closer to where it's needed.
fs/nfsd/nfs4state.c:1877:1: warning: symbol 'laundromat_main' was not declared. Should it be static?
Make static, forward declaration was already marked static.
fs/nfsd/nfs4idmap.c:206:1: warning: symbol 'idtoname_parse' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/nfsd/vfs.c:1156:1: warning: symbol 'nfsd_create_setattr' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This field is set once and never used; probably some artifact of an
earlier implementation idea.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Thanks to Robert Day for pointing out that these two defines are unused.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond@netapp.com>Trond Myklebust <trond@netapp.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: "Robert P. J. Day" <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
This adds IPv6 support to the interfaces that are used to express nfsd
exports. All addressed are stored internally as IPv6; backwards
compatibility is maintained using mapped addresses.
Thanks to Bruce Fields, Brian Haley, Neil Brown and Hideaki Joshifuji
for comments
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Charbon <aurelien.charbon@bull.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明 <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
[patch 7/7] vfs: mountinfo: show dominating group id
[patch 6/7] vfs: mountinfo: add /proc/<pid>/mountinfo
[patch 5/7] vfs: mountinfo: allow using process root
[patch 4/7] vfs: mountinfo: add mount peer group ID
[patch 3/7] vfs: mountinfo: add mount ID
[patch 2/7] vfs: mountinfo: add seq_file_root()
[patch 1/7] vfs: mountinfo: add dentry_path()
[PATCH] remove unused label in xattr.c (noise from ro-bind)
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
iwlwifi: Fix built-in compilation of iwlcore
net: Unexport move_addr_to_{kernel,user}
rt2x00: Select LEDS_CLASS.
iwlwifi: Select LEDS_CLASS.
leds: Do not guard NEW_LEDS with HAS_IOMEM
[IPSEC]: Fix catch-22 with algorithm IDs above 31
time: Export set_normalized_timespec.
tcp: Make use of before macro in tcp_input.c
hamradio: Remove unneeded and deprecated cli()/sti() calls in dmascc.c
[NETNS]: Remove empty ->init callback.
[DCCP]: Convert do_gettimeofday() to getnstimeofday().
[NETNS]: Don't initialize err variable twice.
[NETNS]: The ip6_fib_timer can work with garbage on net namespace stop.
[IPV4]: Convert do_gettimeofday() to getnstimeofday().
[IPV4]: Make icmp_sk_init() static.
[IPV6]: Make struct ip6_prohibit_entry_template static.
tcp: Trivial fix to correct function name in a comment in net/ipv4/tcp.c
[NET]: Expose netdevice dev_id through sysfs
skbuff: fix missing kernel-doc notation
[ROSE]: Fix soft lockup wrt. rose_node_list_lock
In addition to mlx4_ib, there will be ethernet and FC consumers of
mlx4_core, so move the code for managing kernel doorbells into the
core module to avoid having to duplicate this multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
[mszeredi@suse.cz] rewrite and split big patch into managable chunks
/proc/mounts in its current form lacks important information:
- propagation state
- root of mount for bind mounts
- the st_dev value used within the filesystem
- identifier for each mount and it's parent
It also suffers from the following problems:
- not easily extendable
- ambiguity of mountpoints within a chrooted environment
- doesn't distinguish between filesystem dependent and independent options
- doesn't distinguish between per mount and per super block options
This patch introduces /proc/<pid>/mountinfo which attempts to address
all these deficiencies.
Code shared between /proc/<pid>/mounts and /proc/<pid>/mountinfo is
extracted into separate functions.
Thanks to Al Viro for the help in getting the design right.
Signed-off-by: Ram Pai <linuxram@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Allow /proc/<pid>/mountinfo to use the root of <pid> to calculate
mountpoints.
- move definition of 'struct proc_mounts' to <linux/mnt_namespace.h>
- add the process's namespace and root to this structure
- pass a pointer to 'struct proc_mounts' into seq_operations
In addition the following cleanups are made:
- use a common open function for /proc/<pid>/{mounts,mountstat}
- surround namespace.c part of these proc files with #ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS
- make the seq_operations structures const
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Add a unique ID to each peer group using the IDR infrastructure. The
identifiers are reused after the peer group dissolves.
The IDR structures are protected by holding namepspace_sem for write
while allocating or deallocating IDs.
IDs are allocated when a previously unshared vfsmount becomes the
first member of a peer group. When a new member is added to an
existing group, the ID is copied from one of the old members.
IDs are freed when the last member of a peer group is unshared.
Setting the MNT_SHARED flag on members of a subtree is done as a
separate step, after all the IDs have been allocated. This way an
allocation failure can be cleaned up easilty, without affecting the
propagation state.
Based on design sketch by Al Viro.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Add a unique ID to each vfsmount using the IDR infrastructure. The
identifiers are reused after the vfsmount is freed.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Add a new function:
seq_file_root()
This is similar to seq_path(), but calculates the path relative to the
given root, instead of current->fs->root. If the path was unreachable
from root, then modify the root parameter to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
[mszeredi@suse.cz] split big patch into managable chunks
Add the following functions:
dentry_path()
seq_dentry()
These are similar to d_path() and seq_path(). But instead of
calculating the path within a mount namespace, they calculate the path
from the root of the filesystem to a given dentry, ignoring mounts
completely.
Signed-off-by: Ram Pai <linuxram@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Update version to 20080321.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Implemented several changes for Notify handling: Added support
for new Notify values (ACPI 2.0+) and improved the Notify debug
output. Notify on PowerResource objects is no longer allowed,
as per the ACPI specification.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
[PATCH] get rid of __exit_files(), __exit_fs() and __put_fs_struct()
[PATCH] proc_readfd_common() race fix
[PATCH] double-free of inode on alloc_file() failure exit in create_write_pipe()
[PATCH] teach seq_file to discard entries
[PATCH] umount_tree() will unhash everything itself
[PATCH] get rid of more nameidata passing in namespace.c
[PATCH] switch a bunch of LSM hooks from nameidata to path
[PATCH] lock exclusively in collect_mounts() and drop_collected_mounts()
[PATCH] move a bunch of declarations to fs/internal.h
* 'release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/aegl/linux-2.6:
[IA64] run drivers/misc/sgi-xp through scripts/checkpatch.pl
[IA64] run rest drivers/misc/sgi-xp through scripts/Lindent
[IA64] run some drivers/misc/sgi-xp through scripts/Lindent
[IA64] move XP and XPC to drivers/misc/sgi-xp
[IA64] minor irq handler cleanups
[IA64] simplify notify hooks in mca.c
[IA64] do notify DIE_MCA_MONARCH_PROCESS for each monarchs
[IA64] disable interrupts on exit of ia64_trace_syscall
Move XPC and XPNET from arch/ia64/sn/kernel to drivers/misc/sgi-xp.
Signed-off-by: Dean Nelson <dcn@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
* 'i2c-for-linus' of git://jdelvare.pck.nerim.net/jdelvare-2.6:
i2c: Fix platform driver hotplug/coldplug
i2c: New driver for the SuperH Mobile I2C bus controller
i2c/scx200_acb: Don't use 0 as NULL pointer
i2c-bfin-twi: Fix mismatch in add timer and delete timer
i2c-bfin-twi: Just let i2c-bfin-twi driver depends on BLACKFIN
i2c-bfin-twi: Use simpler comment headers and strip out information that is maintained in the scm's log
i2c-bfin-twi: Cleanup driver descriptions, versions and some module useful information
i2c-bfin-twi: Add missing pin mux operation
i2c-bfin-twi: Add platform_resource interface to support multi-port TWI controllers
i2c-bfin-twi: Add repeat start feature to avoid break of a bundle of i2c master xfer operation
i2c: Remove trailing whitespaces in busses/Kconfig
i2c: Replace remaining __FUNCTION__ occurrences
i2c: Renesas SH7760 I2C master driver
i2c-dev: Split i2cdev_ioctl
i2c-ibm_iic: Support building as an of_platform driver
i2c-ibm_iic: Change the log levels
i2c: Add platform driver on top of the new pca-algorithm
i2c-algo-pca: Extend for future drivers
i2c-algo-pca: Remove trailing whitespaces and unnecessary UTF
i2c: Remove the algorithm drivers from the config menu
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/teigland/dlm:
dlm: linux/{dlm,dlm_device}.h: cleanup for userspace
dlm: common max length definitions
dlm: move plock code from gfs2
dlm: recover nodes that are removed and re-added
dlm: save master info after failed no-queue request
dlm: make dlm_print_rsb() static
dlm: match signedness between dlm_config_info and cluster_set
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid:
HID: Suppress hidinput for Samsung IR control
HID: remove 60x GTCO devices from blacklist
HID: export headers properly
HID: WiseGroup 866 Dual Joypad needs output reports quirk
HID: ThrustMaster FF driver is no longer experimental
HID: Logitech diNovo Mini pad support
HID: fix race between open() and disconnect() in usbhid
HID: make hid_input_field and usbhid_modify_dquirk static
HID: pass numbered reports properly to hidraw
HID: fix misplaced rdesc quirk
HID: force feedback driver for Logitech Rumblepad 2
HID: move wait from hid to usbhid
HID: make function from dbg_hid
HID: fix sparse warnings
HID: only dump report traffic with debug level 2
HID: patch to add NOGET for DMI/Acomdata
HID: Sunplus Wireless Desktop needs report descriptor fixup
HID: quirk for MS Wireless Desktop Receiver (model 1028)
HID: fixup fullspeed interval on highspeed Afatech DVB-T IR kbd
HID: fix build failure in hiddev_ioctl with gcc 3.2
Add support to disable ECC checking for a given chip
when passed by the board via the platform data.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Add support for the ECC layout to be passed via the
platform data specified by the board.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
If a block's ecc field is all 0xff, then ignore the ECC
correction. This is for systems where some of the blocks,
such as the initial cramfs are written without ECC and
need to be loaded on start.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
* 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jack/linux-udf-2.6: (41 commits)
udf: use crc_itu_t from lib instead of udf_crc
udf: Fix compilation warnings when UDF debug is on
udf: Fix bug in VAT mapping code
udf: Add read-only support for 2.50 UDF media
udf: Fix handling of multisession media
udf: Mount filesystem read-only if it has pseudooverwrite partition
udf: Handle VAT packed inside inode properly
udf: Allow loading of VAT inode
udf: Fix detection of VAT version
udf: Silence warning about accesses beyond end of device
udf: Improve anchor block detection
udf: Cleanup anchor block detection.
udf: Move processing of virtual partitions
udf: Move filling of partition descriptor info into a separate function
udf: Improve error recovery on mount
udf: Cleanup volume descriptor sequence processing
udf: fix anchor point detection
udf: Remove declarations of arrays of size UDF_NAME_LEN (256 bytes)
udf: Remove checking of existence of filename in udf_add_entry()
udf: Mark udf_process_sequence() as noinline
...
Driver for I2C interfaces in master mode on SH7760.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Lauss <mano@roarinelk.homelinux.net>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
The separation between algorithm and adapter was unsharp at places. This was
partly hidden by the fact, that the ISA-driver allowed just one instance and
had all private data in static variables. This patch makes neccessary
preparations to add a platform driver on top of the algorithm, while still
supporting ISA. Note: Due to lack of hardware, the ISA-driver could not be
tested except that it builds.
Concerning the core struct i2c_algo_pca_data:
- A private data field was added, all hardware dependant data may go here.
Similar to other algorithms, now a pointer to this data is passed to the
adapter's functions. In order to make as less changes as possible to the
ISA-driver, it leaves the private data empty and still only uses its static
variables.
- A "reset_chip" function pointer was added; such a functionality must come
from the adapter, not the algorithm.
- use a variable "i2c_clock" instead of a function pointer "get_clock",
allowing for write access to a default in case a wrong value was supplied.
In the algorithm-file:
- move "i2c-pca-algo.h" into "linux/i2c-algo-pca.h"
- now using per_instance timeout values (i2c_adap->timeout)
- error messages specify the device, not only the driver name
- restructure initialization to easily support "i2c_add_numbered_adapter"
- drop "retries" and "own" (i2c address) as they were unused
(The state-machine for I2C-communication was not touched.)
In the ISA-driver:
- adapt to new algorithm
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
This patch adds release callback support, which is called when a bsg
device goes away. bsg_register_queue() takes a pointer to a callback
function. This feature is useful for stuff like sas_host that can't
use the release callback in struct device.
If a caller doesn't need bsg's release callback, it can call
bsg_register_queue() with NULL pointer (e.g. scsi devices can use
release callback in struct device so they don't need bsg's callback).
With this patch, bsg uses kref for refcounts on bsg devices instead of
get/put_device in fops->open/release. bsg calls put_device and the
caller's release callback (if it was registered) in kref_put's
release.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
The current target allocation code registeres each possible target
with sysfs; it will be deleted again if no useable LUN on this target
was found. This results in a string of 'target add/target remove' uevents.
Based on a patch by Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de> this patch reworks
the target allocation code so that only uevents for existing targets
are sent. The sysfs registration is split off from the existing
scsi_target_alloc() into a in a new scsi_add_target() function, which
should be called whenever an existing target is found. Only then a
uevent is sent, so we'll be generating events for existing targets
only.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
We have a problem in scsi_transport_spi in that we need to customise
not only the visibility of the attributes, but also their mode. Fix
this by making the is_visible() callback return a mode, with 0
indicating is not visible.
Also add a sysfs_update_group() API to allow us to change either the
visibility or mode of the files at any time on the fly.
Acked-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Fixed problem where NULL package elements were not returned to
the AcpiEvaluateObject interface correctly. Instead of returning a
NULL ACPI_OBJECT package element, the element was simply ignored,
potentially causing a buffer overflow and/or confusing the caller
who expected a fixed number of elements.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=10132
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This enhances plat-ram to take a map_probes argument in
the platform_data structure which allow plat-ram to support
any direct-mapped device that MTD supports (jedec, cfi, amd ..)
A few items are also fixed:
- Don't panic if probes is 0
- Actually use the partition list that is passed in
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@telecomint.eu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Update ACPICA version to 20080213.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Fixed a problem where resource descriptor size optimization
could cause a problem when a _CRS resource template is passed
to a _SRS method. The _SRS resource template must use the same
descriptors (with the same size) as returned from _CRS. This
change affects the following resource descriptors: IRQ/IRQNoFlags
and StartDependendentFn/StartDependentFnNoPri.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=9487
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Implemented full disassembler support for the following new ACPI
tables: BERT, EINJ, and ERST. Partial disassembler support for
the complicated HEST table. These tables support the Windows
Hardware Error Architecture (WHEA).
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Fixed a regression introduced in version 20071114. The ACPI_HIDWORD
macro was inadvertently changed to return a 16-bit value instead of
a 32-bit value, truncating the upper Dword of a 64-bit value. This
macro is only used to display debug output, so no incorrect
calculations were made.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Update version to 20080123.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Fixed a problem with the disassembler where invalid ACPI tables
could cause faults or infinite loops.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Implemented header file support for new ACPI tables - BERT, ERST,
EINJ, HEST, IBFT, UEFI, WDAT. Disassembler support is forthcoming.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Update version to 20071219.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This enables forward references and full operand resolution for
the three string arguments. Similar to OperationRegion deferred
argument execution.)
http://www.acpica.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=430
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Update version to 20071114.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Lint changes, fix compiler warnings, etc.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Update version to 20071019.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Fixed a problem with the Increment and Decrement operators where
the type of the target object could be unexpectedly and incorrectly
changed.
http://www.acpica.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=353
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Fixed a problem with the Load and LoadTable operators where
the table location within the namespace was ignored. Instead,
the table was always loaded into the root or current scope.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Designed and implemented new external interfaces to install and
remove handlers for ACPI table-related events. Current events that
are defined are LOAD and UNLOAD. These interfaces allow the host to
track ACPI tables as they are dynamically loaded and unloaded. See
AcpiInstallTableHandler and AcpiRemoveTableHandler.
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
SLIC - Software Licensing Description Table.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Update version to 20070508.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
pdate version to 20070320
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Fixes as a result of running full validation test suite.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
The interpreter now evaluates operands in the order that they
appear (both in the
AML and ASL), instead of in reverse order. This previously
caused subtle incompatibilities with the MS interpreter as well
as being non-intuitive.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Allows AcpiAcquireGlobalLock external interface to be called
multiple times by the
same thread. Allows use of AML fields that require the global
lock while the running AML is already holding the global lock.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
fixes STACK_OVERFLOW exception on nested method calls. internal
bugzilla 262 and 275.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This is preliminary since:
1. It supports only _one_ chip select at the moment. As there is no
existing platforms available using two chip selects of the NAND
controller, it shall really not include code for supporting the
2nd chip select for now, as such code cannot be verified.
2. It resorts to the default and simpliest memory based badblock
table
3. Only limited types of nand flash are currently supported. Most
PXA3xx processors come with on-chip NAND flash dies, so there
isn't much flexibility for other types of NAND.
4. The NAND controller should be configured to detect the device's
ID, thus making it difficult to use nand_scan_ident() to assist
the detection process (though it's not impossible)
TODO: fix all the above limitations of cuz :-)
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Cc: Sergey Podstavin <spodstavin@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
There are many notify_die() and almost all take same style with
ia64_mca_spin(). This patch defines macros and replace them all,
to reduce lines and to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
This patch adds a proper prototype for onenand_bbt_read_oob() in
include/linux/mtd/onenand.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This patch adds proper prototypes for nftl_{read,write}_oob() in
include/linux/mtd/nftl.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This patch adds proper prototypes for inftl_{read,write}_oob() in
include/linux/mtd/inftl.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
I have people whining about using these headers in userspace, and they have
__KERNEL__ markings which implies they're supposed to be exported. I also
added the required linux/types.h include to hidraw.h since it uses the __u##
kernel types.
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jikos@jikos.cz>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
There is a window:
task A task B
spin_lock_irq(&usbhid->inlock); /* Sync with error handler */
usb_set_intfdata(intf, NULL);
spin_unlock_irq(&usbhid->inlock);
usb_kill_urb(usbhid->urbin);
usb_kill_urb(usbhid->urbout);
usb_kill_urb(usbhid->urbctrl);
del_timer_sync(&usbhid->io_retry);
cancel_work_sync(&usbhid->reset_work);
if (!hid->open++) {
res = usb_autopm_get_interface(usbhid->intf);
if (res < 0) {
hid->open--;
return -EIO;
}
}
if (hid_start_in(hid))
if (hid->claimed & HID_CLAIMED_INPUT)
hidinput_disconnect(hid);
in which an open() to an already disconnected device will submit an URB
to an undead device. In case disconnect() was called by an ioctl, this'll
oops. Fix by introducing a new flag and checking it in hid_start_in().
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch makes the following needlessly global functions static:
- hid-core.c:hid_input_field()
- usbhid/hid-quirks.c:usbhid_modify_dquirk()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Add force feedback support for Logitech Rumblepad 2.
Tested-By: Edgar Simo <bobbens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
To check paramters even if debug is disabled, convert dbg_hid
to inline function with __attribute__(format) checking.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This device has reports lower logical maximum compared to the real
usages for Zoom+ and Zoom- it emits.
This patch bumps the values in the report descriptor up, and also
adjusts HID_MAX_USAGE accordingly.
Reported-by: Khelben Blackstaff <eye.of.the.8eholder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Microsoft's wireless desktop receiver (Model 1028) has a bug in the report
descriptor -- namely, in four seperate places it uses USAGE_MIN and _MAX when
it quite obviously doesn't intend to.
In other words, it reports that it has pretty much _everything_ in 'consumer'
and 'generic desktop'. And then the X evdev driver believes I have a mouse
with 36 absolute axes and a huge pile of keys and buttons, when I in fact,
should have zero. 255/256 in three of the cases, and 0-1024 in another.
This patch fixes the report descriptor of this device before it enters the HID
parser.
Signed-off-by: Jim Duchek <jim.duchek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Many vendors highspeed devices give erroneously fullspeed interval value in
endpoint descriptor for interrupt endpoints. This quirk fixes up that by
recalculating the right value for highspeed device.
At the time of hid configuration this quirk calculates which highspeed interval
value gives same interval delay as, or next smaller then, what it would be if
the original value would be interpreted as fullspeed value. In subsequent urbs
that new value is used instead.
Forming the 'hid->name' in usb_hid_config() was moved up to accommodate more
descriptive printk reporting the fixup.
In this patch the quirk is set for one such device: Afatech DVB-T 2 infrared
HID-keyboard. It reports value 16 which means 4,069s in highspeed while
obviously 16ms was intended. In this case quirk calculates new value to be 8
which gives when interpreted as highspeed value 16ms as wanted. The behavior of
the device was verified to be what expected both before and after the patch.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Sarnila <sarnila@adit.fi>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
As it stands it's impossible to use any authentication algorithms
with an ID above 31 portably. It just happens to work on x86 but
fails miserably on ppc64.
The reason is that we're using a bit mask to check the algorithm
ID but the mask is only 32 bits wide.
After looking at how this is used in the field, I have concluded
that in the long term we should phase out state matching by IDs
because this is made superfluous by the reqid feature. For current
applications, the best solution IMHO is to allow all algorithms when
the bit masks are all ~0.
The following patch does exactly that.
This bug was identified by IBM when testing on the ppc64 platform
using the NULL authentication algorithm which has an ID of 251.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/drzeus/mmc: (26 commits)
mmc: sdio_ops.c should #include "sdio_ops.h"
mmc: proper prototypes for mmc_attach_*()
mmc: make __mmc_release_bus() static
sdhci: improve no card, no reset quirk
MMC: OMAP: Do not busy wait for end of command for ever
MMC: OMAP: Start new commands from work queue instead of irq
MMC: OMAP: Lazy clock shutdown
MMC: OMAP: Move failing command abortion to workqueue
MMC: OMAP: Use tasklet instead of workqueue for cover switch notification
MMC: OMAP: Check the get_cover_state function pointer if not set
MMC: OMAP: Using setup_timer instead of init_timer
MMC: OMAP: Abort stuck commands
MMC: OMAP: General cleanup for MMC multislot support
MMC: OMAP: Power functions modified to MMC multislot support
MMC: OMAP: Fix timeout calculation for MMC multislot support
MMC: OMAP: New release dma and abort xfer functions
MMC: OMAP: Add back cover switch support
MMC: OMAP: Introduce new multislot structure and change driver to use it
MMC: OMAP: Remove cover switch handling to allow adding multislot support
MMC: OMAP: Fix the BYTEBLOCK capability removal
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/juhl/trivial: (24 commits)
DOC: A couple corrections and clarifications in USB doc.
Generate a slightly more informative error msg for bad HZ
fix typo "is" -> "if" in Makefile
ext*: spelling fix prefered -> preferred
DOCUMENTATION: Use newer DEFINE_SPINLOCK macro in docs.
KEYS: Fix the comment to match the file name in rxrpc-type.h.
RAID: remove trailing space from printk line
DMA engine: typo fixes
Remove unused MAX_NODES_SHIFT
MAINTAINERS: Clarify access to OCFS2 development mailing list.
V4L: Storage class should be before const qualifier (sn9c102)
V4L: Storage class should be before const qualifier
sonypi: Storage class should be before const qualifier
intel_menlow: Storage class should be before const qualifier
DVB: Storage class should be before const qualifier
arm: Storage class should be before const qualifier
ALSA: Storage class should be before const qualifier
acpi: Storage class should be before const qualifier
firmware_sample_driver.c: fix coding style
MAINTAINERS: Add ati_remote2 driver
...
Fixed up trivial conflicts in firmware_sample_driver.c
* 'for-2.6.26' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
block: fix blk_register_queue() return value
block: fix memory hotplug and bouncing in block layer
block: replace remaining __FUNCTION__ occurrences
Kconfig: clean up block/Kconfig help descriptions
cciss: fix warning oops on rmmod of driver
cciss: Fix race between disk-adding code and interrupt handler
block: move the padding adjustment to blk_rq_map_sg
block: add bio_copy_user_iov support to blk_rq_map_user_iov
block: convert bio_copy_user to bio_copy_user_iov
loop: manage partitions in disk image
cdrom: use kmalloced buffers instead of buffers on stack
cdrom: make unregister_cdrom() return void
cdrom: use list_head for cdrom_device_info list
cdrom: protect cdrom_device_info list by mutex
cdrom: cleanup hardcoded error-code
cdrom: remove ifdef CONFIG_SYSCTL
HARD_RESET_NOW() was unused.
And one of the few remaining cli() users.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6:
[HWRNG] omap: Minor updates
[CRYPTO] kconfig: Ordering cleanup
[CRYPTO] all: Clean up init()/fini()
[CRYPTO] padlock-aes: Use generic setkey function
[CRYPTO] aes: Export generic setkey
[CRYPTO] api: Make the crypto subsystem fully modular
[CRYPTO] cts: Add CTS mode required for Kerberos AES support
[CRYPTO] lrw: Replace all adds to big endians variables with be*_add_cpu
[CRYPTO] tcrypt: Change the XTEA test vectors
[CRYPTO] tcrypt: Shrink the tcrypt module
[CRYPTO] tcrypt: Change the usage of the test vectors
[CRYPTO] api: Constify function pointer tables
[CRYPTO] aes-x86-32: Remove unused return code
[CRYPTO] tcrypt: Shrink speed templates
[CRYPTO] tcrypt: Group common speed templates
[CRYPTO] sha512: Rename sha512 to sha512_generic
[CRYPTO] sha384: Hardware acceleration for s390
[CRYPTO] sha512: Hardware acceleration for s390
[CRYPTO] s390: Generic sha_update and sha_final
[CRYPTO] api: Switch to proc_create()
* 'irq-cleanups-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/misc-2.6:
[ISDN] minor irq handler cleanups
drivers/char: minor irq handler cleanups
[PPC] minor irq handler cleanups
[BLACKFIN] minor irq handler cleanups
[SPARC] minor irq handler cleanups
ARM minor irq handler cleanup: avoid passing unused info to irq
Generate a slightly more informative error msg for bad HZ
in include/linux/jiffies.h
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
Add kernel-doc notation for ndisc_nodetype:
Warning(linux-2.6.25-git2//include/linux/skbuff.h:340): No description found for parameter 'ndisc_nodetype'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulus/powerpc: (202 commits)
[POWERPC] Fix compile breakage for 64-bit UP configs
[POWERPC] Define copy_siginfo_from_user32
[POWERPC] Add compat handler for PTRACE_GETSIGINFO
[POWERPC] i2c: Fix build breakage introduced by OF helpers
[POWERPC] Optimize fls64() on 64-bit processors
[POWERPC] irqtrace support for 64-bit powerpc
[POWERPC] Stacktrace support for lockdep
[POWERPC] Move stackframe definitions to common header
[POWERPC] Fix device-tree locking vs. interrupts
[POWERPC] Make pci_bus_to_host()'s struct pci_bus * argument const
[POWERPC] Remove unused __max_memory variable
[POWERPC] Simplify xics direct/lpar irq_host setup
[POWERPC] Use pseries_setup_i8259_cascade() in pseries_mpic_init_IRQ()
[POWERPC] Turn xics_setup_8259_cascade() into a generic pseries_setup_i8259_cascade()
[POWERPC] Move xics_setup_8259_cascade() into platforms/pseries/setup.c
[POWERPC] Use asm-generic/bitops/find.h in bitops.h
[POWERPC] 83xx: mpc8315 - fix USB UTMI Host setup
[POWERPC] 85xx: Fix the size of qe muram for MPC8568E
[POWERPC] 86xx: mpc86xx_hpcn - Temporarily accept old dts node identifier.
[POWERPC] 86xx: mark functions static, other minor cleanups
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-2.6: (36 commits)
SCSI: convert struct class_device to struct device
DRM: remove unused dev_class
IB: rename "dev" to "srp_dev" in srp_host structure
IB: convert struct class_device to struct device
memstick: convert struct class_device to struct device
driver core: replace remaining __FUNCTION__ occurrences
sysfs: refill attribute buffer when reading from offset 0
PM: Remove destroy_suspended_device()
Firmware: add iSCSI iBFT Support
PM: Remove legacy PM (fix)
Kobject: Replace list_for_each() with list_for_each_entry().
SYSFS: Explicitly include required header file slab.h.
Driver core: make device_is_registered() work for class devices
PM: Convert wakeup flag accessors to inline functions
PM: Make wakeup flags available whenever CONFIG_PM is set
PM: Fix misuse of wakeup flag accessors in serial core
Driver core: Call device_pm_add() after bus_add_device() in device_add()
PM: Handle device registrations during suspend/resume
block: send disk "change" event for rescan_partitions()
sysdev: detect multiple driver registrations
...
Fixed trivial conflict in include/linux/memory.h due to semaphore header
file change (made irrelevant by the change to mutex).
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
* 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/linux-2.6-hrt:
hrtimer: optimize the softirq time optimization
hrtimer: reduce calls to hrtimer_get_softirq_time()
clockevents: fix typo in tick-broadcast.c
jiffies: add time_is_after_jiffies and others which compare with jiffies
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mingo/linux-2.6-sched-devel: (62 commits)
sched: build fix
sched: better rt-group documentation
sched: features fix
sched: /debug/sched_features
sched: add SCHED_FEAT_DEADLINE
sched: debug: show a weight tree
sched: fair: weight calculations
sched: fair-group: de-couple load-balancing from the rb-trees
sched: fair-group scheduling vs latency
sched: rt-group: optimize dequeue_rt_stack
sched: debug: add some debug code to handle the full hierarchy
sched: fair-group: SMP-nice for group scheduling
sched, cpuset: customize sched domains, core
sched, cpuset: customize sched domains, docs
sched: prepatory code movement
sched: rt: multi level group constraints
sched: task_group hierarchy
sched: fix the task_group hierarchy for UID grouping
sched: allow the group scheduler to have multiple levels
sched: mix tasks and groups
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86: (77 commits)
x86: UV startup of slave cpus
x86: integrate pci-dma.c
x86: don't do dma if mask is NULL.
x86: return conditional to mmu
x86: remove kludge from x86_64
x86: unify gfp masks
x86: retry allocation if failed
x86: don't try to allocate from DMA zone at first
x86: use a fallback dev for i386
x86: use numa allocation function in i386
x86: remove virt_to_bus in pci-dma_64.c
x86: adjust dma_free_coherent for i386
x86: move bad_dma_address
x86: isolate coherent mapping functions
x86: move dma_coherent functions to pci-dma.c
x86: merge iommu initialization parameters
x86: merge dma_supported
x86: move pci fixup to pci-dma.c
x86: move x86_64-specific to common code.
x86: move initialization functions to pci-dma.c
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lethal/sh-2.6: (27 commits)
sh: Fix up L2 cache probe.
sh: Fix up SH-4A part probe.
sh: Add support for SH7723 CPU subtype.
sh: Fix up SH7763 build.
sh: Add migor_ts support to MigoR
sh: Add rs5c732b RTC support to MigoR
sh: Add I2C support to MigoR
sh: Add I2C platform data to sh7722
sh: MigoR NAND flash support using gen_flash
sh: MigoR NOR flash support using physmap-flash
sh: Fix up mach-types formatting from merge damage.
sh: r7780rp: Hook up the I2C and SMBus platform devices.
sh: Use phyical addresses for MigoR smc91x resources
sh: Use physical addresses for sh7722 USBF resources
sh: Add MigoR header file
Fix sh_keysc double free
sh: Fix up __access_ok() check for nommu.
sh: Allow optimized clear/copy page routines to be used on SH-2.
sh: Hook up the rest of the SH7770 serial ports.
sh: Add support for Solution Engine SH7721 board
...
MAX_NODES_SHIFT is not referenced anywhere in the tree, so dump it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@saeurebad.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
The C99 specification states in section 6.11.5:
The placement of a storage-class specifier other than at the
beginning of the declaration specifiers in a declaration is an
obsolescent feature.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jesper.juhl@gmail.com>
linux/dlm_device.h uses types from dlm.h and types.h, so pull them in. The
dlm.h header should use __u## rather than uint##_t types and thus pull in
linux/types.h for it.
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: David Teigland <teigland@redhat.com>
Add central definitions for max lockspace name length and max resource
name length. The lack of central definitions has resulted in scattered
private definitions which we can now clean up, including an unused one
in dlm_device.h.
Signed-off-by: David Teigland <teigland@redhat.com>
Move the code that handles cluster posix locks from gfs2 into the dlm
so that it can be used by both gfs2 and ocfs2.
Signed-off-by: David Teigland <teigland@redhat.com>
The RCU iterators used 'rcu_dereference()' on an already-fetched RCU
pointer value, which defeats the whole point of the exercise.
When we dereference a pointer protected by RCU, we need to make sure
that we only fetch the value _once_, because if the compiler ends up
re-loading it due to register pressure, the newly reloaded value could
be different from the previously fetched one, and you get inconsistent
results.
Cleaned-up, fixed, and the pointless list_for_each_safe_rcu #define
deleted by Paul Kenney.
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Only noticed this while hacking something else, no test case.
blk_max_low_pfn is initialized once at bootup by the block layer from
max_low_pfn. But max_low_pfn is not necessarily constant over the runtime of
the system when you consider memory hotplug. What could happen if that
someone adds memory later the block layer wouldn't get updated and then start
bouncing memory unnecessarily.
Also on 64bit blk_max_low_pfn actually isn't needed because it just disables
bouncing essentially and there is no highmem. And nobody can pass pfns >
max_low_pfn to the block layer, because those wouldn't have a struct page and
I suspect block layer wouldn't be very happy without that.
So set BLK_BOUNCE_HIGH to infinity (-1ULL) on 64bit. That avoids the problem
of having to update it on memory hotadd.
On 32bit I kept the same behaviour because at least on i386
memory hotadd only adds HIGHMEM, never lowmem.
BLK_BOUNCE_ANY is always set to infinity on both 32 and 64bit.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
blk_rq_map_user adjusts bi_size of the last bio. It breaks the rule
that req->data_len (the true data length) is equal to sum(bio). It
broke the scsi command completion code.
commit e97a294ef6 was introduced to fix
the above issue. However, the partial completion code doesn't work
with it. The commit is also a layer violation (scsi mid-layer should
not know about the block layer's padding).
This patch moves the padding adjustment to blk_rq_map_sg (suggested by
James). The padding works like the drain buffer. This patch breaks the
rule that req->data_len is equal to sum(sg), however, the drain buffer
already broke it. So this patch just restores the rule that
req->data_len is equal to sub(bio) without breaking anything new.
Now when a low level driver needs padding, blk_rq_map_user and
blk_rq_map_user_iov guarantee there's enough room for padding.
blk_rq_map_sg can safely extend the last entry of a scatter list.
blk_rq_map_sg must extend the last entry of a scatter list only for a
request that got through bio_copy_user_iov. This patches introduces
new REQ_COPY_USER flag.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch enables bio_copy_user to take struct sg_iovec (renamed
bio_copy_user_iov). bio_copy_user uses bio_copy_user_iov internally as
bio_map_user uses bio_map_user_iov.
The major changes are:
- adds sg_iovec array to struct bio_map_data
- adds __bio_copy_iov that copy data between bio and
sg_iovec. bio_copy_user_iov and bio_uncopy_user use it.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Now unregister_cdrom() always returns 0.
Make it return void and update all callers that check the return value.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Adrian McMenamin <adrian@mcmen.demon.co.uk>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <petkovbb@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Use list_head for cdrom_device_info list instead of opencoded
singly list handling.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Most of time_after like macros usages just compare jiffies and another number,
so here add some time_is_* macros for convenience.
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Done per Linus' request and suggestions. Linus has explained that
better than I'll be able to explain:
On Thu, Mar 27, 2008 at 10:12:10AM -0700, Linus Torvalds wrote:
> Actually, before we go any further, there might be a less intrusive
> alternative: add just a couple of flags to the resource flags field (we
> still have something like 8 unused bits on 32-bit), and use those to
> implement a generic "resource_alignment()" routine.
>
> Two flags would do it:
>
> - IORESOURCE_SIZEALIGN: size indicates alignment (regular PCI device
> resources)
>
> - IORESOURCE_STARTALIGN: start field is alignment (PCI bus resources
> during probing)
>
> and then the case of both flags zero (or both bits set) would actually be
> "invalid", and we would also clear the IORESOURCE_STARTALIGN flag when we
> actually allocate the resource (so that we don't use the "start" field as
> alignment incorrectly when it no longer indicates alignment).
>
> That wouldn't be totally generic, but it would have the nice property of
> automatically at least add sanity checking for that whole "res->start has
> the odd meaning of 'alignment' during probing" and remove the need for a
> new field, and it would allow us to have a generic "resource_alignment()"
> routine that just gets a resource pointer.
Besides, I removed IORESOURCE_BUS_HAS_VGA flag which was unused for ages.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Vital Product Data (VPD) may be exposed by PCI devices in several
ways. It is generally unsafe to read this information through the
existing interfaces to user-land because of stateful interfaces.
This adds:
- abstract operations for VPD access (struct pci_vpd_ops)
- VPD state information in struct pci_dev (struct pci_vpd)
- an implementation of the VPD access method specified in PCI 2.2
(in access.c)
- a 'vpd' binary file in sysfs directories for PCI devices with VPD
operations defined
It adds a probe for PCI 2.2 VPD in pci_scan_device() and release of
VPD state in pci_release_dev().
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Each architecture has its own pcibios_enable_resources() implementation.
These differ in many minor ways that have nothing to do with actual
architectural differences. Follow-on patches will make most arches
use this generic version instead.
This version is based on powerpc, which seemed most up-to-date. The only
functional difference from the x86 version is that this uses "!r->parent"
to check for resource collisions instead of "!r->start && r->end".
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
PCI Express ASPM defines a protocol for PCI Express components in the D0
state to reduce Link power by placing their Links into a low power state
and instructing the other end of the Link to do likewise. This
capability allows hardware-autonomous, dynamic Link power reduction
beyond what is achievable by software-only controlled power management.
However, The device should be configured by software appropriately.
Enabling ASPM will save power, but will introduce device latency.
This patch adds ASPM support in Linux. It introduces a global policy for
ASPM, a sysfs file /sys/module/pcie_aspm/parameters/policy can control
it. The interface can be used as a boot option too. Currently we have
below setting:
-default, BIOS default setting
-powersave, highest power saving mode, enable all available ASPM
state and clock power management
-performance, highest performance, disable ASPM and clock power
management
By default, the 'default' policy is used currently.
In my test, power difference between powersave mode and performance mode
is about 1.3w in a system with 3 PCIE links.
Note: some devices might not work well with aspm, either because chipset
issue or device issue. The patch provide API (pci_disable_link_state),
driver can disable ASPM for specific device.
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
#if 0 the no longer used pci_cleanup_aer_correct_error_status().
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch finally removes the global list of PCI devices. We are
relying entirely on the list held in the driver core now, and do not
need a separate "shadow" list as no one uses it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This lets us check if the device is really added to the driver core or
not, which is what we need when walking some of the bus lists. The flag
is there in anticipation of getting rid of the other PCI device list,
which is what we used to check in this situation.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We currently keep 2 lists of PCI devices in the system, one in the
driver core, and one all on its own. This second list is sorted at boot
time, in "BIOS" order, to try to remain compatible with older kernels
(2.2 and earlier days). There was also a "nosort" option to turn this
sorting off, to remain compatible with even older kernel versions, but
that just ends up being what we have been doing from 2.5 days...
Unfortunately, the second list of devices is not really ever used to
determine the probing order of PCI devices or drivers[1]. That is done
using the driver core list instead. This change happened back in the
early 2.5 days.
Relying on BIOS ording for the binding of drivers to specific device
names is problematic for many reasons, and userspace tools like udev
exist to properly name devices in a persistant manner if that is needed,
no reliance on the BIOS is needed.
Matt Domsch and others at Dell noticed this back in 2006, and added a
boot option to sort the PCI device lists (both of them) in a
breadth-first manner to help remain compatible with the 2.4 order, if
needed for any reason. This option is not going away, as some systems
rely on them.
This patch removes the sorting of the internal PCI device list in "BIOS"
mode, as it's not needed at all anymore, and hasn't for many years.
I've also removed the PCI flags for this from some other arches that for
some reason defined them, but never used them.
This should not change the ordering of any drivers or device probing.
[1] The old-style pci_get_device and pci_find_device() still used this
sorting order, but there are very few drivers that use these functions,
as they are deprecated for use in this manner. If for some reason, a
driver rely on the order and uses these functions, the breadth-first
boot option will resolve any problem.
Cc: Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This cleans up the search.c file, now using the pci list of devices that
are created for the driver core, instead of relying on our separate list
of devices. It's better to use the functions already created for this
kind of thing, instead of rolling our own all the time.
This work is done in anticipation of getting rid of that second list of
pci devices all together.
And it ends up saving code, always a nice benefit.
This also removes one compiler warning for when CONFIG_PCI_LEGACY is
enabled as we no longer internally use the deprecated functions anymore.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This removes the pci_get_device_reverse function as there should not be
any need to walk pci devices backwards anymore. All users of this call
are now gone from the tree, so it is safe to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
No one is using this function anymore for quite some time, so remove it.
Everyone calls pci_dev_present() instead anyway...
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
An unused function that bloated the kernel only when CONFIG_EMBEDDED was
enabled...
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The key expansion routine could be get little more generic, become
a kernel doc entry and then get exported.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Tested-by: Stefan Hellermann <stefan@the2masters.de>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Add kernel-doc notation for ndisc_nodetype:
Warning(linux-2.6.25-git2//include/linux/skbuff.h:340): No description found for parameter 'ndisc_nodetype'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- mark timer_interrupt() static
- sparc_floppy_request_irq() prototype should use irq_handler_t
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rearrangements in 945feb174b
("[POWERPC] irqtrace support for 64-bit powerpc") caused 64-bit
non-SMP configs to fail to compile with a message about
local_irq_save being undefined in include/linux/proportions.h.
This follows the lead of x86 in including <linux/irqflags.h> in
asm/system.h, which fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
It's big, but there doesn't seem to be a way to split it up smaller...
Signed-off-by: Tony Jones <tonyj@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This converts the main ib_device to use struct device instead of struct
class_device as class_device is going away.
Signed-off-by: Tony Jones <tonyj@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
struct class_device is going away, struct device should be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Tony Jones <tonyj@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: Alex Dubov <oakad@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
After 2.6.24 there was a plan to make the PM core acquire all device
semaphores during a suspend/hibernation to protect itself from
concurrent operations involving device objects. That proved to be
too heavy-handed and we found a better way to achieve the goal, but
before it happened, we had introduced the functions
device_pm_schedule_removal() and destroy_suspended_device() to allow
drivers to "safely" destroy a suspended device and we had adapted some
drivers to use them. Now that these functions are no longer necessary,
it seems reasonable to remove them and modify their users to use the
normal device unregistration instead.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add /sysfs/firmware/ibft/[initiator|targetX|ethernetX] directories along with
text properties which export the the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table (iBFT)
structure.
What is iSCSI Boot Firmware Table? It is a mechanism for the iSCSI tools to
extract from the machine NICs the iSCSI connection information so that they
can automagically mount the iSCSI share/target. Currently the iSCSI
information is hard-coded in the initrd. The /sysfs entries are read-only
one-name-and-value fields.
The usual set of data exposed is:
# for a in `find /sys/firmware/ibft/ -type f -print`; do echo -n "$a: "; cat $a; done
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/target-name: iqn.2007.com.intel-sbx44:storage-10gb
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/nic-assoc: 0
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/chap-type: 0
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/lun: 00000000
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/port: 3260
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/ip-addr: 192.168.79.116
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/flags: 3
/sys/firmware/ibft/target0/index: 0
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/mac: 00:11:25:9d:8b:01
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/vlan: 0
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/gateway: 192.168.79.254
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/origin: 0
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/subnet-mask: 255.255.252.0
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/ip-addr: 192.168.77.41
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/flags: 7
/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernet0/index: 0
/sys/firmware/ibft/initiator/initiator-name: iqn.2007-07.com:konrad.initiator
/sys/firmware/ibft/initiator/flags: 3
/sys/firmware/ibft/initiator/index: 0
For full details of the IBFT structure please take a look at:
ftp://ftp.software.ibm.com/systems/support/system_x_pdf/ibm_iscsi_boot_firmware_table_v1.02.pdf
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek <konradr@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
device_is_registered() can use the kobject value for this, so it will
now work with devices that are associated with only a class, not a bus
and a driver.
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch (as1058) improves the wakeup macros in include/linux/pm.h.
All but the trivial ones are converted to inline routines, which
requires moving them to a separate header file since they depend on
the definition of struct device.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The various wakeup flags and their accessor macros in struct
dev_pm_info should be available whenever CONFIG_PM is enabled, not
just when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is on. Otherwise remote wakeup won't always
be configurable for runtime power management. This patch (as1056b)
fixes the oversight.
David Brownell adds:
More accurately, fixes the "regression" ... as noted sometime
last summer, after 296699de6b
introduced CONFIG_SUSPEND. But that didn't make the regression
list for that kernel, ergo the delay in fixing it.
[rjw: rebased]
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Modify the PM core to protect its data structures, specifically the
dpm_active list, from being corrupted if a child of the currently
suspending device is registered concurrently with its ->suspend()
callback. In that case, since the new device (the child) is added
to dpm_active after its parent, the PM core will attempt to
suspend it after the parent, which is wrong.
Introduce a new member of struct dev_pm_info, called 'sleeping',
and use it to check if the parent of the device being added to
dpm_active has been suspended, in which case the device registration
fails. Also, use 'sleeping' for checking if the ordering of devices
on dpm_active is correct.
Introduce variable 'all_sleeping' that will be set to 'true' once all
devices have been suspended and make new device registrations fail
until 'all_sleeping' is reset to 'false', in order to avoid having
unsuspended devices around while the system is going into a sleep state.
Remove pm_sleep_rwsem which is not necessary any more.
Special thanks to Alan Stern for discussions and suggestions that
lead to the creation of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Convert sysfs_remove_bin_file() to have a return type of 'void' for
!CONFIG_SYSFS configurations. Also removes unnecessary colons from empty
void functions.
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
When DEBUG is not defined, pr_debug and dev_dbg and some
other local debugging functions are specified as:
"inline __attribute__((format (printf, x, y)))"
This is done to validate printk arguments when not debugging.
Converting these functions to macros or statement expressions
"do { if (0) printk(fmt, ##arg); } while (0)"
or
"({ if (0) printk(fmt, ##arg); 0; })
makes at least gcc 4.2.2 produce smaller objects.
This has the additional benefit of allowing the optimizer to
avoid calling functions like print_mac that might have been
arguments to the printk.
defconfig x86 current:
$ size vmlinux
text data bss dec hex filename
4716770 474560 618496 5809826 58a6a2 vmlinux
all converted: (More patches follow)
$ size vmlinux
text data bss dec hex filename
4716642 474560 618496 5809698 58a622 vmlinux
Even kernel/sched.o, which doesn't even use these
functions, becomes smaller.
It appears that merely having an indirect include
of <linux/device.h> can cause bigger objects.
$ size sched.inline.o sched.if0.o
text data bss dec hex filename
31385 2854 328 34567 8707 sched.inline.o
31366 2854 328 34548 86f4 sched.if0.o
The current preprocessed only kernel/sched.i file contains:
# 612 "include/linux/device.h"
static inline __attribute__((always_inline)) int __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)))
dev_dbg(struct device *dev, const char *fmt, ...)
{
return 0;
}
# 628 "include/linux/device.h"
static inline __attribute__((always_inline)) int __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)))
dev_vdbg(struct device *dev, const char *fmt, ...)
{
return 0;
}
Removing these unused inlines from sched.i shrinks sched.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
On Mon, Apr 14, 2008 at 03:36:24PM +0100, Alan Cox wrote:
> On Mon, 14 Apr 2008 17:17:21 +0300
> Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org> wrote:
>
> > This patch fixes the following build error:
> >
> > <-- snip -->
> >
> > ...
> > CC [M] drivers/serial/8250.o
> > /home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/drivers/serial/8250.c:95:24: error: asm/serial.h: No such file or directory
> > make[3]: *** [drivers/serial/8250.o] Error 1
> >
> > <-- snip -->
> >
> > Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
> >
> > ---
> > 3cb4ef80d75e118ccfd44f7006aea3db54afb31c diff --git a/drivers/serial/Kconfig b/drivers/serial/Kconfig
> > index b1bbaa0..b0e216d 100644
> > --- a/drivers/serial/Kconfig
> > +++ b/drivers/serial/Kconfig
> > @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ menu "Serial drivers"
> > # The new 8250/16550 serial drivers
> > config SERIAL_8250
> > tristate "8250/16550 and compatible serial support"
> > - depends on (BROKEN || !SPARC)
> > + depends on (BROKEN || !SPARC) && !AVR32
> > select SERIAL_CORE
> > ---help---
>
> NAK.
>
> Add an asm/serial.h to the platform as it has PCI so will have 8250 PCI
> devices available to it. A copy of the MIPS one should be right.
Patch below.
> Alan
cu
Adrian
<-- snip -->
This patch fixes the following build error with CONFIG_SERIAL_8250:
<-- snip -->
...
CC [M] drivers/serial/8250.o
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/drivers/serial/8250.c:95:24: error: asm/serial.h: No such file or directory
make[3]: *** [drivers/serial/8250.o] Error 1
<-- snip -->
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <haavard.skinnemoen@atmel.com>
This patch fixes the following compile error with CONFIG_MD_RAID456
on avr32:
<-- snip -->
...
CC [M] crypto/xor.o
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/crypto/xor.c:23:21: error: asm/xor.h: No such file or directory
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/crypto/xor.c: In function 'calibrate_xor_blocks':
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/crypto/xor.c:131: error: 'XOR_TRY_TEMPLATES' undeclared (first use in this function)
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/crypto/xor.c:131: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/crypto/xor.c:131: error: for each function it appears in.)
make[2]: *** [crypto/xor.o] Error 1
<-- snip -->
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <haavard.skinnemoen@atmel.com>
This combines three patches from David Brownell:
* avr32: tclib support
* avr32: simplify clocksources
* avr32: Turn count/compare into a oneshot clockevent device
Register both TC blocks (instead of just the first one) so that
the AT32/AT91 tclib code will pick them up (instead of just the
avr32-only PIT-style clocksource).
Rename the first one and its resources appropriately.
More cleanups to the cycle counter clocksource code
- Disable all the weak symbol magic; remove the AVR32-only TCB-based
clocksource code (source and header).
- Mark the __init code properly.
- Don't forget to report IRQF_TIMER.
- Make the system work properly with this clocksource, by preventing
use of the CPU "idle" sleep state in the idle loop when it's used.
Package the avr32 count/compare timekeeping support as a oneshot
clockevent device, so it supports NO_HZ and high res timers.
This means it also supports plugging in other clockevent devices
and clocksources.
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Create a new file, pm-at32ap700x.S, in mach-at32ap and move the CPU
idle sleep code there. Make it possible to disable the sleep code.
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Move the only thing that was actually implemented and used in
asm/intc.h, intc_get_pending(), into asm/irq.h and delete asm/intc.h
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
New-style I2C drivers require that motherboard-mounted I2C devices are
registered with the I2C core, typically at arch_initcall time. This
can be done nice and neat by passing the struct i2c_board_info[]
through at32_add_device_twi just like we do for the SPI board info.
While we've got the hood up, remove a duplicate declaration of
at32_add_device_twi() in board.h.
[hskinnemoen@atmel.com: add missing i2c_board_info forward-declaration]
Signed-Off-By: Ben Nizette <bn@niasdigital.com>
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
PAGE_SIZE is used both from assembly and C code. We want to have type
specifiers when using it from C, but this will make the assembler
confused, so we need to make it conditional.
This is exactly what the _AC macro is for, so using it allows us to
get rid of a few lines of cpp noise.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
NFSv4 requires us to ensure that we break the TCP connection before we're
allowed to retransmit a request. However in the case where we're
retransmitting several requests that have been sent on the same
connection, we need to ensure that we don't interfere with the attempt to
reconnect and/or break the connection again once it has been established.
We therefore introduce a 'connection' cookie that is bumped every time a
connection is broken. This allows requests to track if they need to force a
disconnection.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We need to try to ensure that we always use the same credentials whenever
we re-establish the clientid on the server. If not, the server won't
recognise that we're the same client, and so may not allow us to recover
state.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
With the recent change to generic creds, we can no longer use
cred->cr_ops->cr_name to distinguish between RPCSEC_GSS principals and
AUTH_SYS/AUTH_NULL identities. Replace it with the rpc_authops->au_name
instead...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
When we replace the existing synchronous RPC calls with asynchronous calls,
the reference count will be needed in order to allow us to examine the
result of the RPC call.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
It is quite possible that the OPEN, CLOSE, LOCK, LOCKU,... compounds fail
before the actual stateful operation has been executed (for instance in the
PUTFH call). There is no way to tell from the overall status result which
operations were executed from the COMPOUND.
The fix is to move incrementing of the sequence id into the XDR layer,
so that we do it as we process the results from the stateful operation.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The rest of the networking layer uses SOCK_ASYNC_NOSPACE to signal whether
or not we have someone waiting for buffer memory. Convert the SUNRPC layer
to use the same idiom.
Remove the unlikely()s in xs_udp_write_space and xs_tcp_write_space. In
fact, the most common case will be that there is nobody waiting for buffer
space.
SOCK_NOSPACE is there to tell the TCP layer whether or not the cwnd was
limited by the application window. Ensure that we follow the same idiom as
the rest of the networking layer here too.
Finally, ensure that we clear SOCK_ASYNC_NOSPACE once we wake up, so that
write_space() doesn't keep waking things up on xprt->pending.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
De-couple load-balancing from the rb-trees, so that I can change their
organization.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Now that the group hierarchy can have an arbitrary depth the O(n^2) nature
of RT task dequeues will really hurt. Optimize this by providing space to
store the tree path, so we can walk it the other way.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Implement SMP nice support for the full group hierarchy.
On each load-balance action, compile a sched_domain wide view of the full
task_group tree. We compute the domain wide view when walking down the
hierarchy, and readjust the weights when walking back up.
After collecting and readjusting the domain wide view, we try to balance the
tasks within the task_groups. The current approach is a naively balance each
task group until we've moved the targeted amount of load.
Inspired by Srivatsa Vaddsgiri's previous code and Abhishek Chandra's H-SMP
paper.
XXX: there will be some numerical issues due to the limited nature of
SCHED_LOAD_SCALE wrt to representing a task_groups influence on the
total weight. When the tree is deep enough, or the task weight small
enough, we'll run out of bits.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
CC: Abhishek Chandra <chandra@cs.umn.edu>
CC: Srivatsa Vaddagiri <vatsa@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
[rebased for sched-devel/latest]
- Add a new cpuset file, having levels:
sched_relax_domain_level
- Modify partition_sched_domains() and build_sched_domains()
to take attributes parameter passed from cpuset.
- Fill newidle_idx for node domains which currently unused but
might be required if sched_relax_domain_level become higher.
- We can change the default level by boot option 'relax_domain_level='.
Signed-off-by: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
UID grouping doesn't actually have a task_group representing the root of
the task_group tree. Add one.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch makes the group scheduler multi hierarchy aware.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: rt-parts and assorted fixes]
Signed-off-by: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add a new function that accepts a pointer to the "newly allowed cpus"
cpumask argument.
int set_cpus_allowed_ptr(struct task_struct *p, const cpumask_t *new_mask)
The current set_cpus_allowed() function is modified to use the above
but this does not result in an ABI change. And with some compiler
optimization help, it may not introduce any additional overhead.
Additionally, to enforce the read only nature of the new_mask arg, the
"const" property is migrated to sub-functions called by set_cpus_allowed.
This silences compiler warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* Add cpu_sysdev_class functions to display the following maps
with cpulist_scnprintf().
cpu_online_map
cpu_present_map
cpu_possible_map
* Small change to include/linux/sysdev.h to allow the attribute
name and label to be different (to avoid collision with the
"attr_online" entry for bringing cpus on- and off-line.)
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* Here is a simple patch to use an allocated array of cpumasks to
represent cpumask_of_cpu() instead of constructing one on the stack.
It's based on the Kconfig option "HAVE_CPUMASK_OF_CPU_MAP" which is
currently only set for x86_64 SMP. Otherwise the the existing
cpumask_of_cpu() is used but has been changed to produce an lvalue
so a pointer to it can be used.
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* Add a static cpumask_t variable "CPU_MASK_ALL_PTR" to use as
a pointer reference to CPU_MASK_ALL. This reduces where possible
the instances where CPU_MASK_ALL allocates and fills a large
array on the stack. Used only if NR_CPUS > BITS_PER_LONG.
* Change init/main.c to use new set_cpus_allowed_ptr().
Depends on:
[sched-devel]: sched: add new set_cpus_allowed_ptr function
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* Remove empty cpumask_t (and all non-zero/non-null) variables
in SD_*_INIT macros. Use memset(0) to clear. Also, don't
inline the initializer functions to save on stack space in
build_sched_domains().
* Merge change to include/linux/topology.h that uses the new
node_to_cpumask_ptr function in the nr_cpus_node macro into
this patch.
Depends on:
[mm-patch]: asm-generic-add-node_to_cpumask_ptr-macro.patch
[sched-devel]: sched: add new set_cpus_allowed_ptr function
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* Modify sched_affinity functions to pass cpumask_t variables by reference
instead of by value.
* Use new set_cpus_allowed_ptr function.
Depends on:
[sched-devel]: sched: add new set_cpus_allowed_ptr function
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Cliff Wickman <cpw@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* Modify cpuset_cpus_allowed to return the currently allowed cpuset
via a pointer argument instead of as the function return value.
* Use new set_cpus_allowed_ptr function.
* Cleanup CPU_MASK_ALL and NODE_MASK_ALL uses.
Depends on:
[sched-devel]: sched: add new set_cpus_allowed_ptr function
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Create a simple macro to always return a pointer to the node_to_cpumask(node)
value. This relies on compiler optimization to remove the extra indirection:
#define node_to_cpumask_ptr(v, node) \
cpumask_t _##v = node_to_cpumask(node), *v = &_##v
For those systems with a large cpumask size, then a true pointer
to the array element can be used:
#define node_to_cpumask_ptr(v, node) \
cpumask_t *v = &(node_to_cpumask_map[node])
A node_to_cpumask_ptr_next() macro is provided to access another
node_to_cpumask value.
The other change is to always include asm-generic/topology.h moving the
ifdef CONFIG_NUMA to this same file.
Note: there are no references to either of these new macros in this patch,
only the definition.
Based on 2.6.25-rc5-mm1
# alpha
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
# fujitsu
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
# ia64
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
# powerpc
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
# sparc
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: William L. Irwin <wli@holomorphy.com>
# x86
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add a new function cpumask_scnprintf_len() to return the number of
characters needed to display "len" cpumask bits. The current method
of allocating NR_CPUS bytes is incorrect as what's really needed is
9 characters per 32-bit word of cpumask bits (8 hex digits plus the
seperator [','] or the terminating NULL.) This function provides the
caller the means to allocate the correct string length.
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Various SMP balancing algorithms require that the bandwidth period
run in sync.
Possible improvements are moving the rt_bandwidth thing into root_domain
and keeping a span per rt_bandwidth which marks throttled cpus.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch changes smpboot.c so that it can start slave cpus running
in UV non-unique apicid mode. The SIPI must be sent using a UV-specific
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jack Steiner <steiner@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
They are placed in an ifdef, since they are i386 specific
the structure definition goes to dma-mapping.h.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
we merge the iommu initialization parameters in pci-dma.c
Nice thing, that both architectures at least recognize the same
parameters.
usedac i386 parameter is marked for deprecation
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
via_no_dac provides a fixup that is the same for both
architectures. Move it to pci-dma.c.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This is done to get the code closer to x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
all the code that is left is ready to be merged as-is
in dma-mapping.h.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
define it conditionally to i386.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
We provide a map_error function in pci-base_32.c to make
sure i386 keeps with the same behaviour it used to.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
It's initially 0, since we don't expect any DMA there.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Do it instead of using the conservative approach we're currently
doing. This is the way x86_64 does, and this patch makes this piece
of code the same between them, ready to be integrated.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This is the way x86_64 does, so this make them equal. They have
to be extern now in the header, and the extern definition is moved to
the common dma-mapping.h header.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
they are the same in both architectures.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
They are similar enough to do this move.
the macro version is ugly, and we use inline functions instead.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
they are the same between architectures. (except for the fact
that x86_64 has duplicate code)
move them to dma-mapping.h
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
the old i386 implementation is moved to pci-base_32.c
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
i386 base does not need it, so it gets an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
That's already the name of the game for x86_64. For i386,
we add a pci-base_32.c, that will hold the default operations.
The function call itself goes through dma-mapping.h , the common
header
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
take it off the x86_64 specific header
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
a system with 256 GB of RAM, when NUMA is disabled crashes the
following way:
Your BIOS doesn't leave a aperture memory hole
Please enable the IOMMU option in the BIOS setup
This costs you 64 MB of RAM
Cannot allocate aperture memory hole (ffff8101c0000000,65536K)
Kernel panic - not syncing: Not enough memory for aperture
Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 2.6.25-rc4-x86-latest.git #33
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff84037c62>] panic+0xb2/0x190
[<ffffffff840381fc>] ? release_console_sem+0x7c/0x250
[<ffffffff847b1628>] ? __alloc_bootmem_nopanic+0x48/0x90
[<ffffffff847b0ac9>] ? free_bootmem+0x29/0x50
[<ffffffff847ac1f7>] gart_iommu_hole_init+0x5e7/0x680
[<ffffffff847b255b>] ? alloc_large_system_hash+0x16b/0x310
[<ffffffff84506a2f>] ? _etext+0x0/0x1
[<ffffffff847a2e8c>] pci_iommu_alloc+0x1c/0x40
[<ffffffff847ac795>] mem_init+0x45/0x1a0
[<ffffffff8479ff35>] start_kernel+0x295/0x380
[<ffffffff8479f1c2>] _sinittext+0x1c2/0x230
the root cause is : memmap PMD is too big,
[ffffe200e0600000-ffffe200e07fffff] PMD ->ffff81383c000000 on node 0
almost near 4G..., and vmemmap_alloc_block will use up the ram under 4G.
solution will be:
1. make memmap allocation get memory above 4G...
2. reserve some dma32 range early before we try to set up memmap for all.
and release that before pci_iommu_alloc, so gart or swiotlb could get some
range under 4g limit for sure.
the patch is using method 2.
because method1 may need more code to handle SPARSEMEM and SPASEMEM_VMEMMAP
will get
Your BIOS doesn't leave a aperture memory hole
Please enable the IOMMU option in the BIOS setup
This costs you 64 MB of RAM
Mapping aperture over 65536 KB of RAM @ 4000000
Memory: 264245736k/268959744k available (8484k kernel code, 4187464k reserved, 4004k data, 724k init)
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
For example, If the physical address layout on a two node system with 8 GB
memory is something like:
node 0: 0-2GB, 4-6GB
node 1: 2-4GB, 6-8GB
Current kernels fail to boot/detect this NUMA topology.
ACPI SRAT tables can expose such a topology which needs to be supported.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Only allocate the FPU area when the application actually uses FPU, i.e., in the
first lazy FPU trap. This could save memory for non-fpu using apps.
for example: on my system after boot, there are around 300 processes, with
only 17 using FPU.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Split the FPU save area from the task struct. This allows easy migration
of FPU context, and it's generally cleaner. It also allows the following
two optimizations:
1) only allocate when the application actually uses FPU, so in the first
lazy FPU trap. This could save memory for non-fpu using apps. Next patch
does this lazy allocation.
2) allocate the right size for the actual cpu rather than 512 bytes always.
Patches enabling xsave/xrstor support (coming shortly) will take advantage
of this.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
this function doesnt just 'find' the max_pfn - it also has
other side-effects such as registering sparse memory maps.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This patch implements the PR_GET_TSC and PR_SET_TSC prctl()
commands on the x86 platform (both 32 and 64 bit.) These
commands control the ability to read the timestamp counter
from userspace (the RDTSC instruction.)
While the RDTSC instuction is a useful profiling tool,
it is also the source of some non-determinism in ring-3.
For deterministic replay applications it is useful to be
able to trap and emulate (and record the outcome of) this
instruction.
This patch uses code earlier used to disable the timestamp
counter for the SECCOMP framework. A side-effect of this
patch is that the SECCOMP environment will now also disable
the timestamp counter on x86_64 due to the addition of the
TIF_NOTSC define on this platform.
The code which enables/disables the RDTSC instruction during
context switches is in the __switch_to_xtra function, which
already handles other unusual conditions, so normal
performance should not have to suffer from this change.
Signed-off-by: Erik Bosman <ejbosman@cs.vu.nl>
Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This patch adds prctl commands that make it possible
to deny the execution of timestamp counters in userspace.
If this is not implemented on a specific architecture,
prctl will return -EINVAL.
ned-off-by: Erik Bosman <ejbosman@cs.vu.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The kernel decompressor wrapper uses memory located beyond the
end of the image. This might lead to hard to debug problems,
but even if it can be proven to be safe, it is at the very
least unclean. I don't see any advantages either, unless you
count it not being zeroed out as an advantage. This patch
moves the boot-heap area to the bss segment.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
irqs_disabled() uses flags internally, use _flags to avoid shadowing
code calling into this macro.
Introduced between 2.6.25-rc3 and -rc4
Fixes the sparse warning:
arch/x86/mm/pageattr.c:383:21: warning: symbol 'flags' shadows an earlier one
arch/x86/mm/pageattr.c:369:16: originally declared here
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Make x86 EFI code works when EFI_PAGE_SHIFT != PAGE_SHIFT. The
memrage_efi_to_native() provided in this patch can be used on other
EFI platform such as IA64 too.
This patch has been tested on Intel x86_64 platform with EFI 64/32
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This patch adds a driver for the Quick Capture Interface on the PXA270.
It is based on the original driver from Intel, but has been re-worked
multiple times since then, now it also supports the V4L2 API.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Adds support for the generic GPIO lib to the EP93xx family. The gpio
handling code has been moved from core.c to a new file called gpio.c.
The GPIO based IRQ code has not been changed.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mallon <ryan@bluewatersys.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This adds support for two more leds:
the wlan one (found in SL-6000W and SL-6000L) and
the blutooth one (found in SL-6000W).
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Now that scoop gpio's are converted to generic_gpio,
tosascoop_device and tosascoop_jc_device don't have
to be exported.
Also make tosa_gpio_* static
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Set up the IRQ line for the WM9713 device on the Zylonite.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: eric miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Now as the scoop pins are covered by the generic gpio API,
we can use leds-gpio driver instead of special leds-tosa.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Convert set/reset_scoop_gpio to generic gpio calls.
This patch depends on the pxaficp_ir hooks patch.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Let platform do some specific initialisation and cleanup
things during pxaficp_ir probing and removing. E.g. this
can be usefull to request/free gpios used by the platform
to control the transceiver.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This driver will provide registers, clocks and GPIOs of
the HTC PASIC3 (AIC3) and PASIC2 (AIC2) chips to the
ds1wm and leds-pasic3 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This patch fixes misprint in definition of CICR1_RGBT_CONV in include/asm-arm/arch-pxa/pxa-regs.h
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <mike@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
All magician devices I've encountered so far have featured the Toppoly
TD028STEB1 display, so the Samsung LTP280QV support is untested.
The power-on sequence is not correct because pxafb doesn't yet support
enabling the LCD controller in the middle of the it.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
needed for power management (audio, BT, charging, GSM, LCD, SD), GSM, flash and SD operation and audio routing.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
implemented in CPLD chips on several HTC devices.
The original driver was written by Kevin O'Connor, I have adapted it to
use gpiolib and made the bus/register widths configurable.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
PXA GPIO definitions were split from pxa-regs.h into pxa2xx-gpio.h.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This patch implements support for Gumstix-F flash, udc and mci. Fixes since the last time are:
- Steve Sakoman as maintainer
- cleanup for udc and mci setup
Signed-off-by: Jaya Kumar <jayakumar.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Keypad registers are now fully defined within pxa27x-keypad.c, no
need to keep those definitions in pxa-regs.h
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
also update the clk definitions in pxa27x and pxa3xx.
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Changes include:
1. rename MFP_LPM_WAKEUP_ENABLE into MFP_LPM_CAN_WAKEUP to indicate
the board capability of this pin to wakeup the system
2. add gpio_set_wake() and keypad_set_wake() to allow dynamically
enable/disable wakeup from GPIOs and keypad GPIO
* these functions are currently kept in mfp-pxa2xx.c due to their
dependency to the MFP configuration
3. pxa2xx_mfp_config() only gives early warning if MFP_LPM_CAN_WAKEUP
is set on incorrect pins
So that the GPIO's wakeup capability is now decided by the following:
a) processor's capability: (only those GPIOs which have dedicated
bits within PWER/PRER/PFER can wakeup the system), this is
initialized by pxa{25x,27x}_init_mfp()
b) board design decides:
- whether the pin is designed to wakeup the system (some of
the GPIOs are configured as other functions, which is not
intended to be a wakeup source), by OR'ing the pin config
with MFP_LPM_CAN_WAKEUP
- which edge the pin is designed to wakeup the system, this
may depends on external peripherals/connections, which is
totally board specific; this is indicated by MFP_LPM_EDGE_*
c) the corresponding device's (most likely the gpio_keys.c) wakeup
attribute:
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Pin configuration on pxa{25x,27x} has now separated from generic GPIO
into dedicated mfp-pxa2xx.c by this patch. The name "mfp" is borrowed
from pxa3xx and is used here to alert the difference between the two
concepts: pin configuration and generic GPIOs. A GPIO can be called
a "GPIO" _only_ when the corresponding pin is configured so.
A pin configuration on pxa{25x,27x} is composed of:
- alternate function selection (or pin mux as commonly called)
- low power state or sleep state
- wakeup enabling from low power mode
The following MFP_xxx bit definitions in mfp.h are re-used:
- MFP_PIN(x)
- MFP_AFx
- MFP_LPM_DRIVE_{LOW, HIGH}
- MFP_LPM_EDGE_*
Selecting alternate function on pxa{25x, 27x} involves configuration
of GPIO direction register GPDRx, so a new bit and MFP_DIR_{IN, OUT}
are introduced. And pin configurations are defined by the following
two macros:
- MFP_CFG_IN : for input alternate functions
- MFP_CFG_OUT : for output alternate functions
Every configuration should provide a low power state if it configured
as output using MFP_CFG_OUT(). As a general guideline, the low power
state should be decided to minimize the overall power dissipation. As
an example, it is better to drive the pin as high level in low power
mode if the GPIO is configured as an active low chip select.
Pins configured as GPIO are defined by MFP_CFG_IN(). This is to avoid
side effects when it is firstly configured as output. The actual
direction of the GPIO is configured by gpio_direction_{input, output}
Wakeup enabling on pxa{25x, 27x} is actually GPIO based wakeup, thus
the device based enable_irq_wake() mechanism is not applicable here.
E.g. invoking enable_irq_wake() with a GPIO IRQ as in the following
code to enable OTG wakeup is by no means portable and intuitive, and
it is valid _only_ when GPIO35 is configured as USB_P2_1:
enable_irq_wake( gpio_to_irq(35) );
To make things worse, not every GPIO is able to wakeup the system.
Only a small number of them can, on either rising or falling edge,
or when level is high (for keypad GPIOs).
Thus, another new bit is introduced to indicate that the GPIO will
wakeup the system:
- MFP_LPM_WAKEUP_ENABLE
The following macros can be used in platform code, and be OR'ed to
the GPIO configuration to enable its wakeup:
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_{RISE, FALL, BOTH}
- WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH
The WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH is used for keypad GPIOs _only_, there is
no edge settings for those GPIOs.
These WAKEUP_ON_* flags OR'ed on wrong GPIOs will be ignored in case
that platform code author is careless enough.
The tradeoff here is that the wakeup source is fully determined by
the platform configuration, instead of enable_irq_wake().
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
two reasons:
1. GPIO namings and their mode definitions are conceptually not part
of the PXA register definitions
2. this is actually a temporary move in the transition of PXA2xx to
use MFP-alike APIs (as what PXA3xx is now doing), so that legacy
code will still work and new code can be added in step by step
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This makes the code better organized and simplified a bit. The change
will lose a bit of performance when performing IRQ ack/mask/unmask,but
that's not too much after checking the result binary.
This patch also removes the ugly #ifdef CONFIG_PXA27x .. #endif by
carefully not to access those pxa{27x,3xx} specific registers, this
is done by keeping an internal IRQ number variable. The pxa-regs.h
is also modified so registers for IRQ > PXA_IRQ(31) are made public
even if CONFIG_PXA{27x,3xx} isn't defined (for pxa25x's sake)
The incorrect assumption in the original code that internal irq starts
from 0 is also corrected by comparing with PXA_IRQ(0).
"struct sys_device" for the IRQ are reduced into one single device on
pxa{27x,3xx}.
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Enhanced GPIO alternate functions descriptions,
taken from Intel PXA270 Developers Manual.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <rjarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Expose control of the PXA3xx 13MHz CLK_POUT pin via the clock API
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
There have been a few oopses caused by 'struct file's with NULL f_vfsmnts.
There was also a set of potentially missed mnt_want_write()s from
dentry_open() calls.
This patch provides a very simple debugging framework to catch these kinds of
bugs. It will WARN_ON() them, but should stop us from having any oopses or
mnt_writer count imbalances.
I'm quite convinced that this is a good thing because it found bugs in the
stuff I was working on as soon as I wrote it.
[hch: made it conditional on a debug option.
But it's still a little bit too ugly]
[hch: merged forced remount r/o fix from Dave and akpm's fix for the fix]
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Originally from: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
This is the core of the read-only bind mount patch set.
Note that this does _not_ add a "ro" option directly to the bind mount
operation. If you require such a mount, you must first do the bind, then
follow it up with a 'mount -o remount,ro' operation:
If you wish to have a r/o bind mount of /foo on bar:
mount --bind /foo /bar
mount -o remount,ro /bar
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This is the real meat of the entire series. It actually
implements the tracking of the number of writers to a mount.
However, it causes scalability problems because there can be
hundreds of cpus doing open()/close() on files on the same mnt at
the same time. Even an atomic_t in the mnt has massive scalaing
problems because the cacheline gets so terribly contended.
This uses a statically-allocated percpu variable. All want/drop
operations are local to a cpu as long that cpu operates on the same
mount, and there are no writer count imbalances. Writer count
imbalances happen when a write is taken on one cpu, and released
on another, like when an open/close pair is performed on two
Upon a remount,ro request, all of the data from the percpu
variables is collected (expensive, but very rare) and we determine
if there are any outstanding writers to the mount.
I've written a little benchmark to sit in a loop for a couple of
seconds in several cpus in parallel doing open/write/close loops.
http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/openbench.c
The code in here is a a worst-possible case for this patch. It
does opens on a _pair_ of files in two different mounts in parallel.
This should cause my code to lose its "operate on the same mount"
optimization completely. This worst-case scenario causes a 3%
degredation in the benchmark.
I could probably get rid of even this 3%, but it would be more
complex than what I have here, and I think this is getting into
acceptable territory. In practice, I expect writing more than 3
bytes to a file, as well as disk I/O to mask any effects that this
has.
(To get rid of that 3%, we could have an #defined number of mounts
in the percpu variable. So, instead of a CPU getting operate only
on percpu data when it accesses only one mount, it could stay on
percpu data when it only accesses N or fewer mounts.)
[AV] merged fix for __clear_mnt_mount() stepping on freed vfsmount
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If someone decides to demote a file from r/w to just
r/o, they can use this same code as __fput().
NFS does just that, and will use this in the next
patch.
AV: drop write access in __fput() only after we evict from file list.
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Erez Zadok <ezk@cs.sunysb.edu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Cc: "J Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This patch adds two function mnt_want_write() and mnt_drop_write(). These are
used like a lock pair around and fs operations that might cause a write to the
filesystem.
Before these can become useful, we must first cover each place in the VFS
where writes are performed with a want/drop pair. When that is complete, we
can actually introduce code that will safely check the counts before allowing
r/w<->r/o transitions to occur.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
open_namei() will, in the future, need to take mount write counts
over its creation and truncation (via may_open()) operations. It
needs to keep these write counts until any potential filp that is
created gets __fput()'d.
This gets complicated in the error handling and becomes very murky
as to how far open_namei() actually got, and whether or not that
mount write count was taken. That makes it a bad interface.
All that the current do_filp_open() really does is allocate the
nameidata on the stack, then call open_namei().
So, this merges those two functions and moves filp_open() over
to namei.c so it can be close to its buddy: do_filp_open(). It
also gets a kerneldoc comment in the process.
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
None of these files use any of the functionality promised by
asm/semaphore.h. It's possible that they (or some user of them) rely
on it dragging in some unrelated header file, but I can't build all
these files, so we'll have to fix any build failures as they come up.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6:
security: fix up documentation for security_module_enable
Security: Introduce security= boot parameter
Audit: Final renamings and cleanup
SELinux: use new audit hooks, remove redundant exports
Audit: internally use the new LSM audit hooks
LSM/Audit: Introduce generic Audit LSM hooks
SELinux: remove redundant exports
Netlink: Use generic LSM hook
Audit: use new LSM hooks instead of SELinux exports
SELinux: setup new inode/ipc getsecid hooks
LSM: Introduce inode_getsecid and ipc_getsecid hooks
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6.26: (1090 commits)
[NET]: Fix and allocate less memory for ->priv'less netdevices
[IPV6]: Fix dangling references on error in fib6_add().
[NETLABEL]: Fix NULL deref in netlbl_unlabel_staticlist_gen() if ifindex not found
[PKT_SCHED]: Fix datalen check in tcf_simp_init().
[INET]: Uninline the __inet_inherit_port call.
[INET]: Drop the inet_inherit_port() call.
SCTP: Initialize partial_bytes_acked to 0, when all of the data is acked.
[netdrvr] forcedeth: internal simplifications; changelog removal
phylib: factor out get_phy_id from within get_phy_device
PHY: add BCM5464 support to broadcom PHY driver
cxgb3: Fix __must_check warning with dev_dbg.
tc35815: Statistics cleanup
natsemi: fix MMIO for PPC 44x platforms
[TIPC]: Cleanup of TIPC reference table code
[TIPC]: Optimized initialization of TIPC reference table
[TIPC]: Remove inlining of reference table locking routines
e1000: convert uint16_t style integers to u16
ixgb: convert uint16_t style integers to u16
sb1000.c: make const arrays static
sb1000.c: stop inlining largish static functions
...
Add the security= boot parameter. This is done to avoid LSM
registration clashes in case of more than one bult-in module.
User can choose a security module to enable at boot. If no
security= boot parameter is specified, only the first LSM
asking for registration will be loaded. An invalid security
module name will be treated as if no module has been chosen.
LSM modules must check now if they are allowed to register
by calling security_module_enable(ops) first. Modify SELinux
and SMACK to do so.
Do not let SMACK register smackfs if it was not chosen on
boot. Smackfs assumes that smack hooks are registered and
the initial task security setup (swapper->security) is done.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Rename the se_str and se_rule audit fields elements to
lsm_str and lsm_rule to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Setup the new Audit LSM hooks for SELinux.
Remove the now redundant exported SELinux Audit interface.
Audit: Export 'audit_krule' and 'audit_field' to the public
since their internals are needed by the implementation of the
new LSM hook 'audit_rule_known'.
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Introduce a generic Audit interface for security modules
by adding the following new LSM hooks:
audit_rule_init(field, op, rulestr, lsmrule)
audit_rule_known(krule)
audit_rule_match(secid, field, op, rule, actx)
audit_rule_free(rule)
Those hooks are only available if CONFIG_AUDIT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Remove the following exported SELinux interfaces:
selinux_get_inode_sid(inode, sid)
selinux_get_ipc_sid(ipcp, sid)
selinux_get_task_sid(tsk, sid)
selinux_sid_to_string(sid, ctx, len)
They can be substitued with the following generic equivalents
respectively:
new LSM hook, inode_getsecid(inode, secid)
new LSM hook, ipc_getsecid*(ipcp, secid)
LSM hook, task_getsecid(tsk, secid)
LSM hook, sid_to_secctx(sid, ctx, len)
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Introduce inode_getsecid(inode, secid) and ipc_getsecid(ipcp, secid)
LSM hooks. These hooks will be used instead of similar exported
SELinux interfaces.
Let {inode,ipc,task}_getsecid hooks set the secid to 0 by default
if CONFIG_SECURITY is not defined or if the hook is set to
NULL (dummy). This is done to notify the caller that no valid
secid exists.
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
This patch adds the base files for the PB1176 platform support.
Signed-off-by: Bahadir Balban <bahadir.balban@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This patch adds the base files for the PB11MPCore platform support.
Signed-off-by: Bahadir Balban <bahadir.balban@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This patch changes the IO_ADDRESS macro for the RealView platforms to
accomodate a wider range of physical addresses on PB11MPCore.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
The upcoming PB11MPCore and PB1176 have different memory maps and some
of the definitions in platform.h are no longer common. This patch
moves them to the board-eb.h file and updates their usage in
realview_eb.c.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Since the PB1176 has different UART base addresses, this patch moves
the definitions form platorm.h to board-eb.h. It also modifies
uncompress.h to detect the platform type at run-time.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This patch moves the timer definitions from platform.h into board-eb.h
as they are different on PB11MPCore and PB1176. It also adds
timerX_va_base variables in core.c which are set by the
realview_eb_timer_init function before invoking realview_timer_init.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This patch moves the patch definitions into board-eb.h and
realview_eb.c (from core.c) as they are different on the PB11MPCore
and PB1176 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This is in preparation for the RealView PB11MPCore and PB1176 patches
which have different base addresses for the GIC.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This patch moves the SCU initialisation from __v6_setup to the
smp_prepare_cpus() function as it relies on platform-specific
settings. Changes to get_core_count() are mainly for allowing cleaner
code with the upcoming PB11MPCore patches.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This patch adds a prefetch abort handler similar to the data abort one
and renames the latter for consistency. Initial implementation by Paul
Brook with some renaming by Catalin Marinas.
Signed-off-by: Paul Brook <paul@codesourcery.com>
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6: (137 commits)
[SCSI] iscsi: bidi support for iscsi_tcp
[SCSI] iscsi: bidi support at the generic libiscsi level
[SCSI] iscsi: extended cdb support
[SCSI] zfcp: Fix error handling for blocked unit for send FCP command
[SCSI] zfcp: Remove zfcp_erp_wait from slave destory handler to fix deadlock
[SCSI] zfcp: fix 31 bit compile warnings
[SCSI] bsg: no need to set BSG_F_BLOCK bit in bsg_complete_all_commands
[SCSI] bsg: remove minor in struct bsg_device
[SCSI] bsg: use better helper list functions
[SCSI] bsg: replace kobject_get with blk_get_queue
[SCSI] bsg: takes a ref to struct device in fops->open
[SCSI] qla1280: remove version check
[SCSI] libsas: fix endianness bug in sas_ata
[SCSI] zfcp: fix compiler warning caused by poking inside new semaphore (linux-next)
[SCSI] aacraid: Do not describe check_reset parameter with its value
[SCSI] aacraid: Fix down_interruptible() to check the return value
[SCSI] sun3_scsi_vme: add MODULE_LICENSE
[SCSI] st: rename flush_write_buffer()
[SCSI] tgt: use KMEM_CACHE macro
[SCSI] initio: fix big endian problems for auto request sense
...
Introduce new MMC multislot structure and change driver to use it.
Note that MMC clocking is now enabled in mmc_omap_select_slot()
and disabled in mmc_omap_release_slot().
Signed-off-by: Juha Yrjola <juha.yrjola@solidboot.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarkko Lavinen <jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Carlos Eduardo Aguiar <carlos.aguiar@indt.org.br>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/steve/gfs2-2.6-nmw: (49 commits)
[GFS2] fix assertion in log_refund()
[GFS2] fix GFP_KERNEL misuses
[GFS2] test for IS_ERR rather than 0
[GFS2] Invalidate cache at correct point
[GFS2] fs/gfs2/recovery.c: suppress warnings
[GFS2] Faster gfs2_bitfit algorithm
[GFS2] Streamline quota lock/check for no-quota case
[GFS2] Remove drop of module ref where not needed
[GFS2] gfs2_adjust_quota has broken unstuffing code
[GFS2] possible null pointer dereference fixup
[GFS2] Need to ensure that sector_t is 64bits for GFS2
[GFS2] re-support special inode
[GFS2] remove gfs2_dev_iops
[GFS2] fix file_system_type leak on gfs2meta mount
[GFS2] Allow bmap to allocate extents
[GFS2] Fix a page lock / glock deadlock
[GFS2] proper extern for gfs2/locking/dlm/mount.c:gdlm_ops
[GFS2] gfs2/ops_file.c should #include "ops_inode.h"
[GFS2] be*_add_cpu conversion
[GFS2] Fix bug where we called drop_bh incorrectly
...
Support for extended CDBs in iscsi.
All we need is to check if command spills over 16 bytes then allocate
an iscsi-extended-header for the leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Reviewed-by: Pete Wyckoff <pw@osc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
This patch adds a MigoR specific header file. We may want to use a cpu
specific header file instead, but this will do for now.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Presently this only checks to see if an address is an RAM, but this
doesn't work with XIP, so just always return 1. Follows m68knommu.
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Add support for Solution Engine SH7721 board(MS7721RP01).
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <shimoda.yoshihiro@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Add KEYSC platform data for the Solution Engine 7722 board.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Add a platform driver for the SuperH KEYSC block. The driver expects to get
mode, timing information and keypad layout from the board code as platform
data. The board code is resonsible for pin configuration.
Both sh7343 and sh7722 should be supported, but only the sh7722 processor has
been tested so far. SH_KEYSC_MODE_3 is yet to be tested.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx:
dmaengine: ack to flags: make use of the unused bits in the 'ack' field
iop-adma: remove the workaround for missed interrupts on iop3xx
async_tx: kill ->device_dependency_added
async_tx: fix multiple dependency submission
fsldma: Split the MPC83xx event from MPC85xx and refine irq codes.
fsldma: Remove CONFIG_FSL_DMA_SELFTEST, keep fsl_dma_self_test() running always.
* 'upstream-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/libata-dev: (79 commits)
ata-acpi: don't call _GTF for disabled drive
sata_mv add temporary 3 second init delay for SiliconImage PMs
sata_mv remove redundant edma init code
sata_mv add basic port multiplier support
sata_mv fix SOC flags, enable NCQ on SOC
sata_mv disable hotplug for now
sata_mv cosmetics
sata_mv hardreset rework
[libata] improve Kconfig help text for new PMP, SFF options
libata: make EH fail gracefully if no reset method is available
libata: Be a bit more slack about early devices
libata: cable logic
libata: move link onlineness check out of softreset methods
libata: kill dead code paths in reset path
pata_scc: fix build breakage
libata: make PMP support optional
libata: implement PMP helpers
libata: separate PMP support code from core code
libata: make SFF support optional
libata: don't use ap->ioaddr in non-SFF drivers
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/linux-2.6-hrt:
clocksource: make clocksource watchdog cycle through online CPUs
Documentation: move timer related documentation to a single place
clockevents: optimise tick_nohz_stop_sched_tick() a bit
locking: remove unused double_spin_lock()
hrtimers: simplify lockdep handling
timers: simplify lockdep handling
posix-timers: fix shadowed variables
timer_list: add annotations to workqueue.c
hrtimer: use nanosleep specific restart_block fields
hrtimer: add nanosleep specific restart_block member
* 'semaphore' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/willy/misc:
Remove DEBUG_SEMAPHORE from Kconfig
Improve semaphore documentation
Simplify semaphore implementation
Add down_timeout and change ACPI to use it
Introduce down_killable()
Generic semaphore implementation
Add semaphore.h to kernel_lock.c
Fix quota.h includes
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband: (104 commits)
IB/iser: Don't change itt endianness
IB/mlx4: Update module version and release date
IPoIB: Handle case when P_Key is deleted and re-added at same index
IB/iser: Release connection resources on RDMA_CM_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVAL event
IB/mlx4: Fix incorrect comment
IB/mlx4: Fix race when detaching a QP from a multicast group
IB/ehca: Support all ibv_devinfo values in query_device() and query_port()
RDMA/nes: Free IRQ before killing tasklet
IB/mthca: Update module version and release date
IB/mlx4: Update QP state if query QP succeeds
IB/mthca: Update QP state if query QP succeeds
RDMA/amso1100: Add check for NULL reply_msg in c2_intr()
IB/mlx4: Add support for resizing CQs
IB/mlx4: Add support for modifying CQ moderation parameters
IPoIB: Support modifying IPoIB CQ event moderation
IB/core: Add support for modify CQ
IPoIB: Add basic ethtool support
mlx4_core: Increase max number of QPs to 128K
RDMA/amso1100: Add support for "send with invalidate" work requests
IB/core: Add support for "send with invalidate" work requests
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git390.osdl.marist.edu/pub/scm/linux-2.6: (36 commits)
[S390] Remove code duplication from monreader / dcssblk.
[S390] kernel: show last breaking-event-address on oops
[S390] lowcore: Change type of lowcores softirq_pending to __u32.
[S390] zcrypt: Comments and kernel-doc cleanup
[S390] uaccess: Always access the correct address space.
[S390] Fix a lot of sparse warnings.
[S390] Convert s390 to GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS.
[S390] genirq/clockevents: move irq affinity prototypes/inlines to interrupt.h
[S390] Convert monitor calls to function calls.
[S390] qdio (new feature): enhancing info-retrieval from QDIO-adapters
[S390] replace remaining __FUNCTION__ occurrences
[S390] remove redundant display of free swap space in show_mem()
[S390] qdio: remove outdated developerworks link.
[S390] Add debug_register_mode() function to debug feature API
[S390] crypto: use more descriptive function names for init/exit routines.
[S390] switch sched_clock to store-clock-extended.
[S390] zcrypt: add support for large random numbers
[S390] hw_random: allow rng_dev_read() to return hardware errors.
[S390] Vertical cpu management.
[S390] cpu topology support for s390.
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/penberg/slab-2.6:
slub: No need for per node slab counters if !SLUB_DEBUG
slub: Move map/flag clearing to __free_slab
slub: Fixes to per cpu stat output in sysfs
slub: Deal with config variable dependencies
slub: Reduce #ifdef ZONE_DMA by moving kmalloc_caches_dma near dma logic
slub: Initialize per-cpu stats
64-bit powerpc processors can find the leftmost 1 bit in a 64-bit
doubleword in one instruction, so use that rather than using the
generic fls64(), which does two 32-bit fls() calls.
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
This deblats ~200 bytes when ipv6 and dccp are 'y'.
Besides, this will ease compilation issues for patches
I'm working on to make inet hash tables more scalable
wrt net namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I can see from the code, two places (tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock and
dccp_v6_request_recv_sock) that call this one already run with
BHs disabled, so it's safe to call __inet_inherit_port there.
Besides (in case I missed smth with code review) the calltrace
tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock
`- tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock
`- __inet_inherit_port
and the similar for DCCP are valid, but assumes BHs to be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the low level irq tracing hooks to the powerpc architecture
needed to enable full lockdep functionality.
This is partly based on Johannes Berg's initial version. I removed
the asm trampoline that isn't needed (thus improving performance) and
modified all sorts of bits and pieces, reworking most of the assembly,
etc...
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
This moves various definitions used all over the place to parse stack
frames to ptrace.h so only one definition is needed.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
A) It's not modified and so it can be made const. const is good.
B) If one has a function that was given a const pci_bus pointer and you
want to get a pointer to its pci_controller, you'll get a warning from gcc
when you use pci_bus_to_host(). This is the right way to stop that
warning.
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Powerpc and ppc have some code in their bitops.h that is exactly the
same as asm-generic/bitops/find.h. Include this header instead of the
private implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
* Use ide_default_irq() instead of ide_init_default_irq() in
ide_generic host driver (so the correct IRQ is always set
regardless of CONFIG_PCI / CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEPCI).
* Remove no longer needed ide_init_default_irq() macro.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
It is always == '((base) + 0x206)' if CONFIG_IDE_ARCH_OBSOLETE_DEFAULTS=y
and it is not needed otherwise (arm, blackfin, parisc, ppc64, sh, sparc[64]).
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add CONFIG_IDE_ARCH_OBSOLETE_DEFAULTS to drivers/ide/Kconfig and use
it instead of defining IDE_ARCH_OBSOLETE_DEFAULTS in <arch/ide.h>.
v2:
* Define ide_default_irq() in ide-probe.c/ns87415.c if not already defined
and drop defining ide_default_irq() for CONFIG_IDE_ARCH_OBSOLETE_DEFAULTS=n.
[ Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and David Miller for noticing the problem. ]
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add special cases for pplus and prep to ide_default_{irq,io_base}()
(+ FIXMEs about the need to use IDE platform host driver instead).
* Remove no longer needed ppc_ide_md and struct ide_machdep_calls.
* Then remove <linux/ide.h> include from:
- arch/powerpc/kernel/setup_32.c
- arch/ppc/kernel/ppc_ksyms.c
- arch/ppc/kernel/setup.c
- arch/ppc/platforms/pplus.c
- arch/ppc/platforms/prep_setup.c
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
This new struct unifies ide{-floppy,-tape,-scsi}'s view of a packet command. For now,
it represents the common denominator between the three drivers while adding driver-
specific members at the end of the struct which will be merged/simplified into the
generic ATAPI handling code in later steps, or removed completely.
Bart:
- move struct ide_atapi_pc outside of #ifdef/#endif CONFIG_IDE_PROC_FS
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <petkovbb@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add IDE_{ALTSTATUS,IREASON,BCOUNTL,BCOUNTH}_OFFSET defines.
* Remove IDE_*_REG macros - this results in more readable
and slightly smaller code.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Borislav Petkov <petkovbb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Add ide_atapi_{discard_data,write_zeros} inline helpers to <linux/ide.h>
and use them instead of home-brewn helpers in ide-{floppy,tape,scsi}.
There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Borislav Petkov <petkovbb@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
hdparm explicitely marks HDIO_[UNREGISTER,SCAN]_HWIF ioctls as DANGEROUS
and given the number of bugs we can assume that there are no real users:
* DMA has no chance of working because DMA resources are released by
ide_unregister() and they are never allocated again.
* Since ide_init_hwif_ports() is used for ->io_ports[] setup the ioctls
don't work for almost all hosts with "non-standard" (== non ISA-like)
layout of IDE taskfile registers (there is a lot of such host drivers).
* ide_port_init_devices() is not called when probing IDE devices so:
- drive->autotune is never set and IDE host/devices are not programmed
for the correct PIO/DMA transfer modes (=> possible data corruption)
- host specific I/O 32-bit and IRQ unmasking settings are not applied
(=> possible data corruption)
- host specific ->port_init_devs method is not called (=> no luck with
ht6560b, qd65xx and opti621 host drivers)
* ->rw_disk method is not preserved (=> no HPT3xxN chipsets support).
* ->serialized flag is not preserved (=> possible data corruption when
using icside, aec62xx (ATP850UF chipset), cmd640, cs5530, hpt366
(HPT3xxN chipsets), rz1000, sc1200, dtc2278 and ht6560b host drivers).
* ->ack_intr method is not preserved (=> needed by ide-cris, buddha,
gayle and macide host drivers).
* ->sata_scr[] and sata_misc[] is cleared by ide_unregister() and it
isn't initialized again (SiI3112 support needs them).
* To issue an ioctl() there need to be at least one IDE device present
in the system.
* ->cable_detect method is not preserved + it is not called when probing
IDE devices so cable detection is broken (however since DMA support is
also broken it doesn't really matter ;-).
* Some objects which may have already been freed in ide_unregister()
are restored by ide_hwif_restore() (i.e. ->hwgroup).
* ide_register_hw() may unregister unrelated IDE ports if free ide_hwifs[]
slot cannot be found.
* When IDE host drivers are modular unregistered port may be re-used by
different host driver that owned it first causing subtle bugs.
Since we now have a proper warm-plug support remove these ioctls,
then remove no longer needed:
- ide_register_hw() and ide_hwif_restore() functions
- 'init_default' and 'restore' arguments of ide_unregister()
- zeroeing of hwif->{dma,extra}_* fields in ide_unregister()
As an added bonus IDE core code size shrinks by ~3kB (x86-32).
v2:
* fix ide_unregister() arguments in cleanup_module() (Andrew Morton).
v3:
* fix ide_unregister() arguments in palm_bk3710.c.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add 'struct class ide_port_class' ('ide_port' class) and a 'struct
device *portdev' ('ide_port' class device) in ide_hwif_t.
* Register 'ide_port' class in ide_init() and unregister it in
cleanup_module().
* Create ->portdev in ide_register_port () and unregister it in
ide_unregister().
* Add "delete_devices" class device attribute for unregistering IDE devices
on a port and "scan" one for probing+registering IDE devices on a port.
* Add ide_sysfs_register_port() helper for registering "delete_devices"
and "scan" attributes with ->portdev. Call it in ide_device_add_all().
* Document IDE warm-plug support in Documentation/ide/warm-plug-howto.txt.
v2:
* Convert patch from using 'struct class_device' to use 'struct device'.
(thanks to Kay Sievers for doing it)
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
->busproc method is used by HDIO_SET_BUSSTATE ioctl but it has no chance
of working as intended (in 2.4.x days) because to issue an ioctl there
is a device node needed and:
- for BUSSTATE_TRISTATE+OFF it is too late (devices are already gone)
- for BUSSTATE_TRISTATE+ON it is too early (devices are not registered yet)
Just remove ->busproc method for now (it was only implemented by hpt366,
siimage and tc86c001 host drivers).
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Rework PowerMac media-bay support in such way that instead of
un/registering the IDE interface we un/register IDE devices:
* Add ide_port_scan() helper for probing+registerering devices on a port.
* Rename ide_port_unregister_devices() to __ide_port_unregister_devices().
* Add ide_port_unregister_devices() helper for unregistering devices on a port.
* Add 'ide_hwif_t *cd_port' to 'struct media_bay_info', pass 'hwif' instead
of hwif->index to media_bay_set_ide_infos() and use it to setup 'cd_port'.
* Use ide_port_unregister_devices() instead of ide_unregister()
and ide_port_scan() instead of ide_register_hw() in media_bay_step().
* Unexport ide_register_hw() and make it static.
v2:
* Fix build by adding <linux/ide.h> include to <asm-powerpc/mediabay.h>.
(Reported by Michael/Kamalesh/Andrew).
Cc: Kamalesh Babulal <kamalesh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
IDE devices need to be removed from /proc/ide/ _before_ being unregistered:
* Drop 'ide_hwif_t *hwif' argument from destroy_proc_ide_device()
and use drive->hwif instead.
* Rename destroy_proc_ide_device() to ide_proc_unregister_device().
* Call ide_proc_unregister_device() in drive_release_dev().
* Remove no longer needed destroy_proc_ide_drives().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Use ide_find_port() instead of ide_deprecated_find_port() in bast-ide/
palm_bk3710/ide-cs/delkin_cb host drivers and in ide_register_hw().
* Remove no longer needed ide_deprecated_find_port().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
This option is obsolete and can be removed safely.
It allows us to remove the pci_get_device_reverse() function from the
PCI core.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
'ack' is currently a simple integer that flags whether or not a client is done
touching fields in the given descriptor. It is effectively just a single bit
of information. Converting this to a flags parameter allows the other bits to
be put to use to control completion actions, like dma-unmap, and capture
results, like xor-zero-sum == 0.
Changes are one of:
1/ convert all open-coded ->ack manipulations to use async_tx_ack
and async_tx_test_ack.
2/ set the ack bit at prep time where possible
3/ make drivers store the flags at prep time
4/ add flags to the device_prep_dma_interrupt prototype
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
